Category Archives: military
What will happen if a natural disaster or social upheaval comes and government cannot, or will not be able to defend you, your home, or your community? When armed marauders or looters come, will you stand alone, or will you have your own local network of helpers: Paladins?
What is a Paladin?
“Paladin” is another word for Knight, a kind of soldier of good moral character who in times of Olde served his fellow knights, community, country, and God. P.A.L.A.D.I.N. members are similar, and yet different. They are somewhat modeled after the Paladins in the popular Fallout computer game series, but THIS IS NO GAME. Fallout takes place in a future post apocalyptic World where there is no government, and everyone is struggling to survive, which literally means at times, kill or be killed, perhaps even eaten by others. Several groups compete for control with lust for power as their agenda, but the Paladins were formed in an attempt to maintain order and protect against such threats — a bit like self-organized Police the people come to rely upon.
Almost no one is truly prepared for disaster or civil upheaval. When it strikes, the impact of the disaster is therefore nearly total. All one has to do is look back on Katrina, or any other major disaster or upheaval around the World where local governments were unable or unwilling to respond — to see the value in not having to stand alone in a crises. FEMA and other government ‘help’ in Katrina was less than ‘useless’ for an extended period of time, actually causing more harm than good in many cases. Local law enforcement was either unavailable or, at times, a serious threat to many a resident’s well being. Likewise for the National Guard.
In such events, local governments at any level collapse and become non existent in domino fashion, while regional and national governments play political waiting games. The following is a quote from From Disaster to Lessons Learned: What Went Wrong in the Response to Hurricane Katrina?The Dissolution of Government
As noted earlier, disaster response in the U.S. is predicated on a system of “cascading failure,” in which successively higher levels of government are called in as lower levels are overwhelmed. However, the system requires some government to be in place. When the storm hit, local government in New Orleans, for all intents and purposes, ceased to exist. Both politicians and administrators had evacuated prior to landfall, and what little structure was in place was immediately rendered ineffective. The severity of the disaster also paralyzed state government and stunned federal government officials. A period of many hours passed before coherent calls for help began to travel up and down the system; even then, they were generally unfocused and nonspecific. Mayor Nagin’s media appeals for the federal government to “send everything” were heartfelt, but were so general they were difficult to act upon.
Meanwhile, at higher levels of government, a political showdown was brewing between the White House and Gov. Kathleen Blanco of Louisiana. Louisiana’s National Guard was heavily deployed to Iraq at the time of the storm, and the governor had activated pre-existing agreements with other states to “borrow” National Guard troops prior to landfall. These troops were quickly moved to the area, but the White House wanted to federalize the troops, while Gov. Blanco wanted to keep them under state control. The White House also disputed the timing of the governor’s request to release active-duty military troops into the area, although later evidence showed that the request had come much earlier than initial White House claims.
Even once on site, FEMA and National Guard, et. al., cannot be everywhere at once, and they cannot solve all the problems and threats people face. In some cases, policy or needs dictates result in harm to individual residents, mostly unintentional, but at times, intentional. In the end, almost everyone needs to fend for themselves for a protracted period of time, and that often means defending themselves from each other, or facing general extreme hardships or death, alone.
In Katrina, nearly 2,000 died, and many died at the hands of others (including authorities who opened fire on crowds trying to escape across a bridge). There were, in addition to looters and aggressive authorities, at least one known roving gang of vigilante Whites who had set about to kill Blacks they deemed looters, ‘loosely defined.’ The true number of murders is unknown; few records were kept given the mass casualties, but ‘bullet riddled corpses’ were not hard to find. Where there is no law, lawlessness ensues.
Bad things happen
Disasters are all too common, some worse than others. But imagine an outright siege caused by insurgents, racial violence of the sort this country has recently seen, or even military invasion such as foreseen in Operation Lion Dance; where Chinese flood into America via the Canamex rail system, hiding in container cars which can be parked on any rail siding in America from a laptop. Or perhaps it is simple revolution or civil war born of irreconcilable political differences. There are many such threats, none of which are especially likely, but all of which are specifically possible.
P.A.L.A.D.I.N. stands for Post Apocalyptic Local Area Defense Information Network; the core organization. Do not let the gloomy sounding name deter or fool you. While it certainly could be a possibility that doom and gloom awaits us on a regional, national, or global scale (it is after all forecast by virtually every religion and many experts in military, financial, and political circles), any simple disaster or localized upheaval can result in a crisis government is unable or unwilling to address quickly. It is even possible, some believe, that government might become the cause or actual threat themselves, such as in a military coup. But if having Paladins available to help you fend off a crises in a post apocalyptic tragedy, how much better then that they could be available in a lesser threat, such as a killer quake or storm?
Here are just a few such threats — do you have everything in place to survive? Will you, alone, be able to defend them from those who do not? Or will you be waiting for government to get around to attempting to rescue you, not as a soul in need of help, but a mere politically acceptable (expendable) statistic should they fail?• Sudden Poll Shift — a sudden shift could melt the ice caps and cause serious globally felt quakes • Sudden Ice Age or Ice Cap Melt — choose your favorite scientist and worry with them • Super Volcano — doomsday shroud encircles the planet killing all crops, causing ice age • Super Earthquake — hundreds of thousands or even millions could be homeless and helpless • Asteroid Strike — we’ve already had nearly a half-dozen near misses in the last twenty years • EMP Attack — total loss of all things electric, throwing us into pre industrial age • Solar CME Flare — same as EMP attack, but potentially global in impact • Planet X — we know it’s coming soon, its effects upon Earth could be catastrophic • Nuclear or Bio Terrorism — could render an entire region helpless • Pandemic — we keep coming close to having one, it’s only a matter of time • Financial Collapse — what happens when money has no value or is unavailable? • Civil Insurrection — race war, revolution, response to Martial Law, gun seizure • Military Coup — a top U.S. General has forecast it possible • War or Nuclear War — no nation is immune from invasion or sneak attack • Alien Threat — leaders of several nations and scientists have said it possible • Prophetic End Times Tribulation — seven years a mix of the above, or worse
The P.A.L.A.D.I.N. concept is simple, and addresses an important question: is it better to stand alone trying to protect your home and family against armed marauders or other dangers seeking to take what you need to survive from you, even your very lives… or to be prepared? Prepare a go bag and survival supplies, by all means, but to become a Paladin is to pre establish a local mutual defense network which can protect you and yours, your fellow Paladins, your community, and by extension, your country and way of life. P.A.L.A.D.I.N. is a non militia solution that can effectively become functional equivalent of a small and focused militia — on demand. It does not suffer the overhead and commitment of a militia, nor the political tainting.
Paladins may also elect to engage in general humanitarian missions at any time, for any reason or cause; actively active activists. This includes the possibility of providing aid to stalking victims, the homeless, or anyone being unfairly treated by another group in some way which cannot be well addressed by local authorities. It can even mean choosing to side with civilians against authorities in a non violent protest; whatever the Unit deems appropriate. Were I a Paladin near to the tribal protests in the Dakotas over the oil pipelines, I would have urged my Unit to give on-site support, for instance.
Everyone should join!
Anyone who has much to loose if accosted by armed strangers in a crises should join. Stalking victims and other persons who have experienced unusual targeting should definitely become a Paladin. This will enable you to call upon other Paladins when threats return, and help to document, prosecute, or thwart such targeting. Activists should join Paladin, as it becomes a tool useful in a cause, where you can make good argument to fellow Paladins to engage with you — and enables protection should those opposed to your cause elect illegal harassment campaigns against you (target you). Minorities and others who are consistent victims of gang harassments should also join, as it provides yet one more ally and strengthens your ability to stand against aggression, especially in rioting. Ex military should definitely join as an alternative to a Militia, which often has a bad PR image due to a political or religious bent they may have assumed. All are welcome.
To be a Paladin does not require ownership of a gun, but it is ideal. To own a gun does not require good training or a military background, but it is ideal. Weaponry and combat skills are only important WTSHTF big time, and most gun owners do know how to handle themselves, and they also tend to own more than one weapon, which means that in a pinch, they can share, teach, and lead. The primary requirement is to be of good moral character and to care about your family, your community, and your country. The rest will take care of itself; unity is the key factor.
P.A.L.A.D.I.N. Units of 6 or more Paladins are formed in any given Zip Code once at least half of the members do have arms, and at least one of them has some military or leadership background suitable for acting as Commander. Such leaders are provided with tactical advice on formation and operation of their Unit, and given contact information for any adjacent Units. Paladins can then call upon each other to request aid, or to propose missions to aid others. There are provisions in the formation of Units which allows local Units to join up for improved functionality, and for like hookup with Units in other communities, should regional operations be necessary.
Membership is by default anonymous except between Unit members and adjacent Unit Commanders, but that does not mean members must remain secret. Indeed, public evangelism and recruitment is encouraged (promotional materials will be made available). There is no membership fee to join. However, once a Unit is formed, a small annual membership fee determined by the Unit can be assessed to help fund missions or enhance emergency response capabilities. There can be some small personal expense in order to facilitate Unit functionality, such as the purchase of a Walkie Talkie by each member.
Each Unit is autonomous and stands alone in responsibility; it is not a political body or under the command of a national head, such as myself, even as founder. Therefore, there is no legal liability or risk except for those actions the Unit itself elects to undertake. I am not bound by your actions, nor are yours dictated or bound by mine. You serve only your own Unit member’s best interests and mission goals for public good, and remain subject to all laws in the doing, each member insuring the next does nothing which threatens Unit integrity or viability.
There is no political leaning or bent, nothing which should alarm authorities. In fact, Units should consider making themselves available as volunteers to authorities as emergency helpers or, where law enforcement has such programs, reserve deputies. In such a case, each member is free to participate or abstain, which is generally true in all missions. Units should be prepared to submit to lawful military or law enforcement once order is restored in a crisis, and should maintain records of all actions for use by any needed law enforcement investigations after the fact. That serves both as protection for the Unit and members, as well as a means to prosecute evil doers who may have been confronted by the Unit. Everything is above board and transparent within the Unit, and as private or as public as the Unit itself elects.
TO JOIN: simply email your interest to join to proparanoidgroup at gmail com and provide your City, State, and Zip. This does not obligate you to anything. This will be used to update a database of members maintained anonymously at my Facebook page for the purpose. That page is organized in a way which allows determining if a Unit can yet be formed in a given Zip — your evangelism in recruiting other members is key to that eventuality.
Once a Unit can be formed, members are so advised and connected to one another for the purpose of determining if they should form, and if forming, deciding who will be their Commander. They are also provided with additional support advice on how best to proceed as a functioning unit. Once forming, individual members are then obligated only to commit to the goals established by the Unit for mutual self defense and whatever additional good they may do for community and beyond, in or out of crisis (missions.) Risk and investment are minimal. Rewards can include the possibility of continued life, liberty, and pursuit of happiness — in the face of dire circumstances bent on preventing same.
Other material to consider
The Post Apocalyptic Library is an important collection of life-saving information commonly beyond the average person’s current knowledge base, and which will NOT BE AVAILABLE once disaster strikes. It is a series of links to critical information which can be learned online or downloaded and printed for placement in a go bag or emergency supplies for later use. It is advised that extra copies should be made in advance for handout to others.
The FEMA, Martial Law, and Revolution Database is a collection of materials which seek to educate the public about individual risks and likelihood of events beyond their control, and/or give advice on how best to survive or react. It is an eye opening review of little known facts which may prove quite sobering. Don’t be yet another Sheeple caught totally unaware.
Dropping off the Grid: abandon the Control Matrix. This author has done so for the last three years, and though living a rather spartan life by comparison to what came before, the freedom is enhanced, and the quality of life (happiness) with it. Living simply has proven to be more satisfying — and should be much safer in the event of major troubles. Here is a snapshot of possibilities. I will soon be offering a Seminar or other promotional venue (i.e., video) on the topic.
An Intentional Community is one way to live off the Grid. Here is one example, a low-cost, self-sufficient community based on tiny homes, a project of the Free Will Society I founded to helped stalking victims: it is called Free Will Haven. It has a gofundme. Such a community is by default more or less the functional equivalent of Paladins.
Even our own government, normally blind to problems until too late, has been warning us for years to be prepared for ‘something scary,’ and the list of concerns is very scary. The stakes couldn’t be higher: if even just one thing on the list takes place, being ill prepared can perish whole families and, in short order, whole communities. Here is something that can make a difference, and its free. Its called knowledge.
copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.
In this post you will learn…
• What Preppers are and why they exist;
• Why YOU should become a Prepper, and HOW to proceed;
• There are 2 NEW and FREE resources to simplify the effort usefully
Note: I usually well footnote my posts so you can verify what I say for yourself. In this case, the two Facebook pages mentioned at article end, themselves, offer ample proofs for those items not otherwise footnoted.
The wise live for Today, but plan for Tomorrow: uncertainty is the only certainty
The Bible is the oldest source of Wisdom modern Man relies upon, and it clearly echoes that thought; there are no less than 25 places in the Bible which so admonish. A good number of these directly talk about the kind of preparedness this post addresses, while the remainder speak to being prepared for entry into the Kingdom of Heaven. But, if one is not prepared for things which can take one’s life, is not the later concern all the more important to prepare for, as well?
Perhaps the strongest and simplest of these are found in Proverbs (natch):
22:3 “The prudent sees danger and hides himself, but the simple go on and suffer for it;”
27:1 “Do not be confident about tomorrow, for you do not know what a day may bring.”
If we hold onto any one thing in this country, it is the wisdom of our Founding Fathers, and they were almost to a Man God Fearing and, therefore, they heeded such words. But they themselves also spoke plainly and logically about such things, and framed them in terms of the Nation, as well as the Individual and those we each love, to whom we are responsible for their well being:
John Adams, on the risk of overconfidence and reliance upon government: “I give you this warning that you may prepare your mind for your fate;”
Benjamin Franklin: “By failing to prepare, you prepare to fail;”
Alexander Hamilton: “If fortune should smile upon us, it will do us no harm to have been prepared for adversity; if she frowns upon us, by being prepared, we shall encounter it without the chagrin of disappointment. Your future rank in life is a perfect lottery;”
Thomas Jefferson: “Instead of considering what is past, however, we are to look forward and prepare for the future.”
George Washington, on wise use of funds, such that: “timely disbursements to prepare for danger frequently prevent much greater disbursements to repel it.”
Thomas Pain, on being fugitive from tyranny: “O! receive the fugitive, and prepare in time an asylum for mankind.”
The Modern Prepper and Dr. Strangelove
That last quote brings us to the advent of the modern Prepper, a phenomenon brought about by the Cold War and fear of the Bomb. President Eisenhower spoke frequently about the need for Civil Defense Preparedness, and founded what ultimately became FEMA, the ‘Grandaddy Prepper.’ For the rest of us, we were encouraged to prepare for nuclear war in our thinking, and our behavior.
We were taught to ‘Duck and Cover,’ and to plan to flee the cities, or take to bomb shelters. The whole basis of our modern Interstate Highway System was to that end, and so that the military and other aid could quickly flow to any wound in need of dressing. Cold War tensions culminated in the dire climactic confrontation of the Cuban Missile Crisis, and firmly established the era of the Bomb and Fallout Shelters. There were, in fact, enough shelters built to save 100,000,000 Americans, millions being built by citizens in their own homes or back yards: Dig a hole, drop in a pipe and add a floor, and fill it in and stock it.
Why prep today? Darker times > starker threats > greater fears
For a time, I managed a gas station while investigating the Oil Industry. That led me to a face-to-face confrontation with terrorism which rendered the investigation superfluous. For those who do not appreciate or understand the Prepper, or why they do what they do, or for the matter, who do not understand Conspiracy Theorists, Truthers, or Targeted Individuals claiming mind control, I highly recommend working for at least 30 days in a gas station. Why? Because that is an excellent place to talk with a large number and a variety of people in the course of doing business, and elicit from them things they would never otherwise admit in open conversation.
I could ask almost anything, and if well proposed, obtain a deeply personal and meaningful reply. And I did, regularly, on on a wide range of topics. What I learned is that there are more people afraid of more things than the mere threat of global extinction from The Bomb and the ‘Red Menace.’ Terrorism, yes, and for more of a seriously right reason than the obvious, a reason unexpected even by them.
It is to me even scarier than the fact that terrorism exists. Few are aware, but the top ranking U.S. Military General, Tommy Franks (who brought the flame throwing tank to Waco), has warned in a public statement that if there is another 9-11 level terror attack in the United States, the Military will take over the government in nation-wide Martial Law. I, for one, do not want flame throwing tanks on my streets.
And, we are still threatened by nuclear war: China’s top military leader has stated that war with the U.S. is inevitable, the only thing remaining being to decide when and how to be the first to strike. And, we have recently learned, they have stealth subs we cannot detect; one surfaced unexpectedly in the middle of a U.S. Carrier Fleet in the middle of an exercise looking for subs. North Korea is constantly making threats, and Obama and Hillary Clinton have assured terroism-minded Iran has access to the Bomb. We have several times in the last year, alone, come close to trading blows with Russian forces which could easily have escalate to a nuclear exchange. And we supposedly like each other, now.
Moreover, as recently played out in the Press, we have learned that a single well placed nuke high in the atmosphere could cause an EMP wave sending us back into the stone age by wiping out all electronics, including the entire power grid. Just as bad, spurious energy waves from the Sun could achieve the same ends, globally, or for the matter, doomsday rocks from space could effect similar damage, or worse. Movie theaters are awash these kinds of with (Extenction Level Event) scenarios. But there are other fears, and each one seems, in turn, to begat another, often wilder and seemingly more far fetched… which unfortunately, do not seem all that far fetched if daring to explore the facts which are their basis.
Every few months there seems to be another new exotic biological threat, either a weaponized or natural pathogen or virus on the verge of pandemic capability. Each such threat additionally threatens to be incurable and impossible to stop in time because it takes such a long time to come up with defensive medicines. Then there is the risk of financial collapse, which could trigger a global replay of the Great Depression on an unimaginable scale. Civil unrest levels are at the greatest and most dramatic in all of history; the Occupy/99% movement spontaneously fielded many millions of people around the World in the space of days. Our government’s liberal policies and some unfortunate events have fomented racism issues to the point that Blacks are shooting Cops as if at war, and threatening worse.
We see paranoia rampant in our government, who treats us all as if terrorists in the wings, spying on us and taking away our rights, and leading to fears of Martial Law, and/or efforts to take away our guns. DARPA, on the other hand, has ordered billions of rounds of ammo, enough to kill every living soul in North America several times over. FEMA seems to be building large facilities some fear are closer to concentration and even death camps than to shelters. It is at least concretely true that several special inciner-ators have been built, each strategically located, and capable of efficiently destroying hundreds of millions of tons of contaminated materials — which could include human bodies. The fear of Fascism and the comparison of our government to Nazi Germany is commonplace, which brings me back to the dialogs at the gas pump, where these things were said. The most common phrase heard in response to such things was, “When the revolution comes…”
Then there is the dramatic increase in UFO sightings, and much more than that, a growing body of evidence of actual combat taking place. If chemtrails were not already their own perceived threat, consider the latest theory as to their purpose; to weaponize the atmosphere against alien aggression. There is actually some scientific basis for such wild theories, and some to additionally suggest there is an off-world secret space program with Buck Rogers-like Space marines using captured Alien technology. I don’t know about any of that, but the fact that the government is becoming more secretive about the UFO question than ever, before, does not allow me to discount the notion. Presidents Roosevelt, Regan, Bush, Clinton, and Obama, and even Putin, have all alluded to these possibilities, as well as have high ranking military. The recent discovery of a constructed mega-structure orbiting a distant Sun amplifies the possibility: we are not alone. And those at the gas pump agree. More people have seen UFOs or otherwise have reason to believe in Aliens, than not. Don’t take my word for anything in this paragraph; just tune into Ground Zero and scan the archives of shows with Clyde Lewis’ expert guests.
Dare we mention a credible Planet X, super volcanos, global warming and melting ice caps, mega earthquakes, the shifting of our magnetic poles, and any number of scientifically plausible threats and natural disasters capable of inflicting significant regional, national, or global destruction of cataclysmic proportion… or dare we say… Biblical? After all, the other common comment at the gas pump is, “We are living in the End Times.” Indeed, the Illuminati conspiracies, AKA The New World Order, are not difficult to validate with a barrage of demonstrable facts which defy coincidence. This author has made a case in several of his books that the ultimate goal of the New World Order is to form a One-World Government — in order for the Antichrist to have a seat of power, and usher in the End of Ages, the ultimate End Game. It IS prophesied, after all, and many of us fear that as much as anything else.
That brings us full circle, back to the Bible’s admonishments. Being prepared ought rightly be not only for bad tidings, but for salvation. The government agrees, at least with the first part. The last ten years have seen an unprecedented effort by the government to urge us to be prepared for disaster. They have even reinstated and updated the old Cold War emergency radio alert system, and are stockpiling huge quantities of everything from food and medicine, and other supplies, to coffins. And ammo. All they ask you to do, is to have emergency plans and a ‘go bag,’ or store of emergency foods and critical supplies.
It’s simply good common sense. Preppers have been doing this for decades. What’s your excuse? That they are crazy? Better look in the mirror, if you believe that.
Here are two simple and free tools to help you get started
Both are easy to use Facebook pages. One is a kind of compendium of information regarding the possible breakdown in civil society due to the inability of government to respond, or even perhaps government itself has gone terribly awry. It is called the FEMA, Martial Law, Revolution Database (kind of covers all possibilities). It has no subversive intent, despite the scary title. It is very informative, and can help push anyone teetering on the notion of being prepared into taking action. One way it does this, is by telling you what to expect, and what a good action plan/go bag might look like for a given scenario.
The other also has a scary title, but it implies nothing but what it is; a library. In this case, it is a series of links to critical information one might need to survive for long periods without outside help in a serious catastrophe. It is a collection of how-to survival tricks, and how to quickly and easily make common critical items such as water purification systems, emergency generators, and so forth. It is called the Post Apocalyptic Library. The idea is simple: visit the links, download or copy the information, print it out, and put it into your go bag. Instant expert on a moment’s notice! Many of the links will deserve further exploration of their sites, for other good information. There is always more than one way to solve a problem.
Have you ever wanted a certain soft drink? Well, I’m a Prepper, he’s a Prepper, she’s a Prepper, we’re a Prepper; shouldn’t you be a Prepper, too?
Great. Drink deep for best result.
FEMA and the rest of government seems quite paranoid about disasters of late, but clues suggest there are hidden reasons behind urging preparations — not the earthquakes, floods, nor fires they talk about. Conspiracy theories based upon dialogs by geophysicists, astrophysicists, and politicos seem far more likely the cause, and that puts a whole different face on what ‘preparation’ should involve and mean for you.
Why is government pushing emergency preparedness?
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
Can we really trust FEMA?
Reading this post series in three parts you will learn…
- That there are significant reasons you absolutely should have an emergency preparedness program in place;
- These reasons go well beyond natural disasters FEMA implies of concern;
- There is a logical preparedness program that accommodates all concerns…
- A program which should be considered by privately-held businesses as well as families:
- It is NOT approved by FEMA, DHS, the Military, or other elements of the New World Order
What is the history of the emergency broadcast system?
I very clearly remember the ‘Red Scare’ spillover from McCarthyism which translated to ‘fear the bomb’ in the 1950’s and 60’s… starting with the Eisenhower White House: Air Raid sirens were tested weekly or daily, typically at a fixed time of day as if a Church Bell announcing Noon. I was a teen during the Cuban Missile Crises under Kennedy, when talk of the day was the home Fallout Shelter, and at school, we had ‘duck and cover’ drills as often as fire drills. But the scare wore off by the 70’s, and sirens and shelters were no longer in vogue, though every downtown building tended to have a well marked public shelter. Yawn.
Fast Forward, Bush I White House: For no visible or announced reason at all, the Emergency Alert System (EAS) and CONELRAD Radio alert system which had in evolutionary form driven those sirens for two decades was turned back on in the 90’s, and updated for improved use with TV. But rarely was it tested, and then typically late at night between late-show snoozes. Just fire drills at school. No more sirens, unless there was perhaps a fire or other actual emergency. Very unobtrusive. No problem.
Fast Forward, Bush II White House: Suddenly, somewhat synchronous with the formation of Homeland Security, these alerts started increasing in frequency and were randomly interrupting all manner of broadcasts at any time of day. They now had the ability to actually take over newer televisions, even if turned off or in use with a VCR at the time. Somewhere along the way, it was expanded to include hazardous weather condition reports and the AMBER ALERT system for missing children. Schools still worried about fires. OK. Well, perhaps.
What kind of threats should an emergency preparedness plan address?
The current threat assessment
Fast Forward, Sorento White House: Suddenly, and synchronous with DHS seeking to buy 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition (that’s several Vietnam wars worth), all over and above military orders… not to mention a long list of equally disturbing purchase efforts involving coffins, ‘emergency housing’ which more closely resembled prison camps, food and water stores, vaccinations and anti-biotics… numbering in the millions more often than not — the tests started increasing in frequency and in duration. Annoying. Suspiciously omnipresent, excessively foreboding.
What bothers me most is a synchronous rush request for proposals on delivery of emergency preparedness items and relocation and readiness orders to military to FEMA Region III (Atlantic Seaboard States near D.C.), all with a date of October of this year. In fact, much of FEMA’s promotional material is geared to 2013, specifically. Most of the darker things cited in this post are happening right now in 2013 or otherwise generally depicted as an immediate potential threat.
Worse, both DHS and FEMA have started multiple high-profile media campaigns suggesting we all need emergency kits and emergency plans. This is also all simultaneous to a bit of mainstream news and much suppressed facts being revealed on the Web regarding an approaching Planet X, approaching comets, several near misses by planet-killing asteroids, and a flurry of unusual meteor activity to include nuclear blast-strength explosions in our atmosphere (the Russian meteor injured nearly 2,000 people and caused significant wide-spread structural damage over hundreds of miles). And there is more…
Also simultaneous are geo-political and financial threats the likes of which have never been seen in the history of the planet, each threatening dire unrest to the point of forcing Martial Law. While this goes on, the sun is spitting gigantic record bursting electromagnetic pulses at us and the pole is shifting, Fukushima is continuing to increase its threat, not to mention shifting weather patterns and an increase in seismic activities of Biblical proportions. Dare I mention strange phenomenon like objects orbiting the sun, mysterious loud and scary sounds heard over thousands of square miles, two suns and other oddities in the skies day and night? Endless wars somehow always tied to terrorism and oil keep being announced. No wonder large numbers of people are actually starting to think End Times might actually be around the corner.
The end of oil supply as we know it indeed approaches. Extremist terror groups pose theoretical threat of biological, chemical, or nuclear WMD. Criminal nations threaten to attack us with nuclear weapons. China is on the verge of surpassing the US as super power, and their top military leader has said war with the US is inevitable; their only answer to that being to strike first. Man-made bio weapons, nanotech, and even genomic weapons are being developed daily by all modern military powers, and we get cover stories expressed as worries of a natural pandemic outbreak of catastrophic proportions. The Center for Disease Control has even gone so far as to talk about preparation for a Zombie apocalypse, and there is some evidence it is not as tongue-in-cheek as they profess. Don’t forget chemtrails and the feared NWO depopulation plot.
The worst part is all the talk about a possible military takeover, martial law, a new Constitution and a North American Union. Why, that’s nothing short of saying the Antichrist is coming to power… and some say that’s the case, too. Agenda 21, GMO crops, Codex Alimentarius, the Small Arms Treaty (goodby 2nd Amendment), etc. All these things tie in one to another as if all by some organized conspiracy (Illuminati?) After all, they say, the Norway Spirals were likely a test of Project Bluebeam, to simulate with a kind of holographic event the Second Coming in the Antichrist’s name. And what about those tens of thousands of ‘State of Martial Law’ warning/instruction signs coming into the US from foreign sign makers in convoy manner? Really, really not good.
Almost everyone has some kind of foreboding sense that SOMETHING bad this way comes. Armageddon Online has a more detailed summary view. And just as someone chooses to discounts all of these things as ‘baseless,’ something like this comes along to make us wonder all over again: a lot of people are saying there is a purge of the military taking place, and that usually portends a violent overthrow of government.
So, quite naturally, some of us are taking the DHS/FEMA advice to heart, or at least considering it. But I fear most of us are preparing for the wrong thing in the wrong way. Its one thing to have food, water, medical, and key supplies stashed away for an earthquake or flood… and another to truly be prepared for upheavals of the political or Biblical sort… the sort government advice is NOT addressing, because if you were prepared for that, government looses the ability to maintain political control through dependency upon government for survival.
Never fear; the Professional Paranoid is here to help you find your way through it all… in part II: A Logical Home Emergency Response Plan: The Government Does NOT Approve
Why should I hide my emergency preparedness kit and weapons?
- FEMA Preparing Military Police For Gun Confiscations and Martial Law (eutimes.net)
- What’s This FEMA Video Trying to Tell Us? (politicaloutcast.com)
- Dave Hodges ~ The Use Of Food As A Weapon Against American Citizens (shiftfrequency.com)
- FEMA REGION III – OCTOBER 1st – OFFICIAL FEMA DISPATCH! (prayingforoneday.wordpress.com)
- Is the FEMA Region III Alert a Red Herring? (activistpost.com)
- “Martial Law is Now in Effect” Signs: Why Would These Signs Be Printed? (solidarityintruth.wordpress.com)
A sure sign that the government fears a military coup or the military itself is about to attempt one, is a purge. The government will purge those it fears unloyal, and/or the military purges itself of those unwilling to go along. Whoever best purges post haste, just might win. Either way, however, the people tend to loose to an errant government and/or would-be military dictator. It is, after all, how authoritarian Police States are born.
Is Obama conducting a purge of the military?
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
What causes a military purge to take place?
Reading this post you will learn:
- That history proves purges take place when governments fear their military is about to take over…
- Or when the military prepares for such takeover…
- And such tyranny grows from purges within political circles and the military to involve citizens…
- Everyone is challenged with loyalty oaths, untrue (or otherwise) accusations, tricky questions, or even torture…
- The wrong answer can mean death, prison, or ‘vanishing;’
- Evidence abounds that we have been in a pre-event purge for several years…
- That the purge is nearing the point of reaching open armed conflict;
- That the result of a purge is almost always a Police State, regardless of which side wins
Why is Obama conducting a military purge?
Updated Nov. 14 2013 Changes indicated in RED reflect latest termination and dim view of purge by Russia and China who see it as possible PRELUDE TO WAR.
Updated Dec. 10 2013 Section added and indicated in RED as relating possible ties to Global Research Web site going dark and decade old CIA plot to capture Soviet nuclear warheads.
History on Parade…
History is rife with examples of political purges, both bloody and near bloodless, and unfortunately, both sides can end up playing the game. Sadly, we also see that most bloodless purges end up being bloody at one point or another; they push the other side into reactionary defensive acts. Worse, once one side or the other becomes dominant, the purge is extended from the national politik (government officials and military) to local politik (regional-to-city leadership and law enforcement), and from there, down to every day citizens; any such purge portends a intended shift in power to an actual or de facto authoritarian dictatorship.
The classic example would be found in the Russian Communist Revolution, which actually evolved as successive political leaders reshaped ‘the revolution’ to suit their own visions. But you find the same things generally true in the French Revolution, Mao’s Red China, or even in the American Civil War, where the Union employed the Ironclad Oath, and various Generals (see last paragraph in the link under ‘1862’) exercised internal ‘loyalty and fitness’ purges, ad hoc. One could easily be shot for a careless comment or answer.
Why would Obama conduct a purge?
A purge HERE?
There has, in fact, already been an attempted military coup in the United States. We are, or were, fortunate at the time, that the attempt failed before the purge which would have been required could get started. While most Sheeple have never heard of it because it was contained and not made public, most of the rest of us are aware of the Business Plot of 1932 which attempted to stage a fascist takeover in America by means of a military coup. Some of the biggest Industrialists of the day were involved, names which still today are iconic labels on everyday products, like Singer, and Dupont.
But thanks to one-tough and loyal Marine who tricked his would-be conspiratorial recruiters, the affair backfired. That’s a big ‘Hua!’ for Major General Smedley Butler. But a purge did follow, one which sought to eliminate the threat from the cadre of business leaders and their friends involved, including other military — along with an attempt to cover up the entire matter in order to maintain confidence in the nation’s internal and external affairs.
One thing remains clear: the general purge model is especially of concern when one is dealing with a bloody purge, because it does work its way down to citizens, Sheeple or otherwise. Especially otherwise. And so, I strongly urge that we must take a very close look at our current troubled situation and most recent history with respect to Presidents, politics, economy, international affairs, and the military. So, what’s going on, here in America, right NOW? Well, the answer to that won’t be found in mainstream media unless, perhaps, you are talking about press from abroad.
Now comes a new worry: The European Union Times is reporting the both the Russians and Chinese consider Obama an unstable, power-hungry madman and, with the latest firing (added below with RED) , have themselves taken unprecedented military responses towards possible military conflict with the U.S. and any of its Allies. Seemingly related, are two other news stories in one at the Web site regarding Chinese troops (and a spy ship) in Hawaii, and a simultaneous FEMA ‘simulation’ of cyber attack (Fire Sale) on US power and communications networks, itself timed to coincide with the largest Cannibalistic Corona Mass Ejection the World has ever recorded striking the earth and disrupting our magnetic field in a way which threatens disruptions similar to said cyber attacks . A grain of salt is due, here, as the EUT is, well… extremist in nature. Extreme ‘what’ remains in question… a bit like a super-market tabloid without aliens and pictures of personalities doing naughty things or being too fat on the beach.
Update Dec 10, in support of prior update…
Is the U.S. military conducting an internal purge?
Proof of a purge?
Many observers think its happening, including people who are far from being conspiracy theorists; media types, military professionals, and more. In simple terms, consider the following statistics and facts, none of which are in dispute, though almost all of which are veiled from Sheeple’s eyes by media and government. Mainstream employs careful wording and skips filling in the blanks with useful detail. But others mince no words.
And speaking of words, we must realize that when a bloodless purge is underway, there must simultaneously be ‘disinformation’ to cover up the fact. This means that excuses will be used to veil the truth, and this will be quietly accepted at first by both sides, often because, at least for the individuals involved, some form of blackmail or other threat is in place to insure their silent acceptance. For some, it may be some form of National Security agreement. For others, it may be a sexual indiscretion, or a criminal or financial matter which dictates cooperation lest it be made public.
So take what is often offered in ‘face value’ with a grain of salt. It is the fuller picture which is painted in the broader strokes which overpower individual words, or lack of words… and bear in mind that when there is a purge, one must also look at resignations as part of the ‘flow’ of things — especially if related to protests or potentially motivated as a self-defense move. Doubly so if in numbers.
Why is the U.S. Military conducting a purge?
Is Obama conducting a purge?
Many think so, and the preponderance of evidence cited would seem to support the notion. It is, after all, what prompted my own review (more detailed than theirs, naturally — that’s always my goal, at least). Consider these reviews, and the fact that many sources claim Obama’s differences with military leadership have to do with his asking them if they were willing to shoot Americans, presumably in a gun-grabbing operation of some kind:
Freedom Connector, Nov 16, 2012: What’s Behind Obama’s Military Purge? — by Bob Livingston, an ultra-conservative newsletter writer;
The Independent Journal Review, on June 28, 2013: Obama’s Purge; Military Officers Replaced Under the Commander-in-Chief — a situational analysis by Kyle Becker;
The Western Center for Journalism: Obama Escalates Military Purge — by the Editor
World Net Daily, The Examiner, The Guardian, and many others citing The Blaze, Oct. 23, 2013: Blaze Sources: Obama Purging Military Commanders — Sara Carter citing actual fired military commanders’ viewpoints.
There are many more, but you get the idea. From the outside, looking at the observable clues leaking out from the inside, and sometimes even from the mouths of those involved, the impression is a Presidential purge is under way. More: since the above, Sorento’s desire to attack Syria met with such resistance in military circles as to warrant an article (translated from an unstated German source), well worth a read: Historical Disgrace: The U.S. Military Mutiny Forced Obama to Retreat. Yet as already mentioned, other stories relate that the purge is because the Military is refusing to go along with plans to grab guns and shoot Americans who refuse to comply.
Why does a military purge predict a shift towards authoritarian dictatorship?
Flip side: is the military is purging itself of White Hats?
No one else on the Web seems to think so, but I’m wondering why not? When the stability of a country comes into question, forces within the military tend to start wondering if they need not do something drastic to change things, and eventually, a strongman General is able to recruit others of like mind to work out ‘contingencies.’ One of the first steps in preparing for possible enactment of such plans (a coup) is to evaluate the remaining Officer Corps, and get rid of loyalists.
Or, it may be a group of powerful business leaders who make the call, and who recruit members of the military for their cause, resulting in the same process, a ‘la The Business Plot of 1932, already mentioned.
You know something sinister and deeply troubling is going on when Veterans are being told they can’t fly the American Flag on public property, Officers, even Chaplains, are threatened with court marshal for having a Bible on their office desk or speaking about religion with others who are not already in the same faith, and telling them to resign if they have a problem with the policy. What? Oh, I forgot: the military and military policy is dominated, according to authors like Alex Constantine, by Satanists.
In point of fact, as Alex and others have pointed out, self-proclaimed Satanist General Michael Aquino, was a chief architect of the Revolution in Military Affairs, the policy which defines the next major new war type the military will face is ‘A People’s War,’ where the enemy is disgruntled patriots, Constitutionalists, and the poor and disenfranchised. Well, now, that’s just about everybody in the U.S. but the ten percenters at the top, and dumb Sheeple, is it not?
Now, while the first section paints a picture of a Presidential purge, I must remind you that both sides of a major power rift often purge, and that outwardly, the signs will typically tend to look the same. So now, let’s take a closer look at those purged and their circumstances, to see what we might decide for ourselves. After all, other Web sources speculate the reason for Obama’s purge is that he fears a military coup, a notion which alledgedly originates directly from the Russian Military and the Kremlin.
However, that story would seem to be related to another alleged Kremlin and GRU (a KGB-like Russian Spy group similar to CIA) claiming Obama had ordered the detonation of a nuclear bomb in or near Charleston as a false flag event and the military refused, prompting the firing of so many nuclear commanders. I find this fascinating, because in my book Fatal Rebirth, I predicted Charleston would be the target of a nuclear false flag attack AFTER the also predicted (in 1999) downing of the WTC by passenger jets and resulting in a series of Middle East oil wars.
Snopes.com, whom I do not entirely trust as a legitimate ‘debunker,’ does attempt to debunk the above story by attributing its true source to Sorcha Faal, a known professional disinformationalist who works for, among other people, DHS. So then, why would DHS promote this particular disinfo? That makes no more sense than the outlandish conspiracy claimed by the story. But if baseless, and not Russian sourced, why has RT (Russian Television in English) News not ALSO debunked it, and instead reported on it as factual?
So understanding if there is a purge, and who is undertaking it, and why, is going to be difficult. Really, you can’t tell your players (or their position on the team/role in the game) without a roster. So here it is, so you can decide for yourself…
What are the signs of a military or political purge?
Point Comparisons: Roster of 266 Vanquished Officers and Key Staff under Obama
This is an updated and more accurate compilation the found in lists elsewhere which cite 197 or fewer. More than 50 being offered in rich detail, here. These numbers represent a massive bloodletting not seen under any prior President in American history. There are so many you might be tempted not to read them, but in the reading, at least of their name and command position, you find some interesting, if not scary things, not to mention patterns. To be sure, some who were let go may have indeed been let go for non-purge and quite legitimate reasons, but the large numbers of higher rank Officers and the nature of the clumps of specialities/assignments/duties, especially, amplify reason for concern that more is afoot than ‘bad conduct’…
Fired Nov. 3rd, Colonel Eric Tilley, Commander of Japan’s largest U.S. base in Japan for ‘allegations of unstated misconduct.’
First Lieutenant Ehren Watada was the first Officer to refuse deployment to Iraq as an illegal war, was eventually allowed to resign. Now, if his view was unjustified in the eyes of military, why was there no court marshall? If justified, why did we go to war? It implies disparate viewpoints in military ranks, and between military leadership and the President;
Major Stefan F. Cook, US Army Reserve, refused to deploy because he did not believe Barry Sorento was a legally elected President, joining with two other officers according to Wikipedia (no Web source names them, but they are described as a retired Army Major General and Active Reserve USAF Lieutenant) in a law suit (Cook vs. Good – scan down). They did not win their suite, but neither did they have to serve, again meaning disparate viewpoints. Touche’;
Captain Connie Rhodes, US Army Physician filed a similar suit (just beneath prior link, same page);
Predator Drone Pilot Brandon Bryant resigns USAF over immorality of drone attacks on noncombatants, making five people who refused to serve and suffered no court marshall;
Colonel James H. Johnson III, Commander 173rd Airborn, fired and convicted of bigamy and fraud in expense accounting, apparently jumping out of the airplane and into the frying pan;
General Joseph Carter, Commander Camp Edwards and Adjutant General of the Massachusetts National Guard resigned even though a months investigation failed to produce evidence of a rape allegation;
Brig. General Jeffery A Sinclair, former Dep. Commander 82nd Airborn in Afghanistan, fired and facing possible Grand Jury review for criminal sexual indiscretions — sounding a bit like the CIA entrapment of Wikileaks mastermind, Julian Assange;
Army Major General Peter Fuller, Commander in Afghanistan (of unstated forces — which to me implies intelligence hanky-panky), let go in 2011;
Marine Major General C. M. M. Gurganus, Commander Regional Command Southwest and 1st Marine Expeditianary Force (also Afghanistan) was let go in 2013;
Marine Major General Gregg A. Sturdevant, Commander Aviation Wing at Camp Bastion, Afghanistan, and Director of Strategic Planning and Policy for US. Pacific Command, let go in 2013;
General David D. McKiernen, Commander of the Afghanistan Theater was let go at Obama’s orders after four months of arrival, for saying the campaign was less noble than was Iraq. That was 2009, making him the first four-star General released by a Commander-in-Chief since MacArthur by Truman. In 2010, Obama fired…
General Stanley McChyrstal, Commander of NATO International Security Assistance Force (IASF), Afghanistan, a matter linked to the death of reporter Michael Hastings. He was replaced by another soon-enough-to-be-fired General Petraeus, below. Seems like Obama liked no one involved in the Middle East, does it not?;
General David H. Petraeus, also left the Army as NATO IASF Commander as to be appointed by Obama as Director of Intelligence, CIA. He then resigned CIA over charges of an extramarital love triangle, but at the time there was the controversy about the CIA’s role in the handling of Benghazi intelligence and no-go rescue aftermath. And, stepping back once more, the man who replaced him at ISAF when he stepped up to CIA was…
Former General Michael T. Hayden, in like manner yet again, quit the USAF to be appointed by Bush II to be Director of NSA, and then, also like Petraeus, was fired over extra-marital sexual conduct (officially), and unofficially, over internal disagreements with Obama on intelligence policy and validity of evidence regarding alleged Syrian nerve gas attacks (shades of Bush and Weapons of Mass Destruction in Iraq);
Marine General John R. Allen, Commander of NATO International Security Assistance Force, Afghanistan, was investigated and removed for ‘inappropriate communications regarding Bengahzi’ (he countermanded White House orders not to attempt rescue of the besieged Embassy). The investigation continues without fruit, be he was also seemingly an injured party in the above Petraeus love triangle. You couldn’t make this stuff up as screenwriter of a Kardashian’s in Uniform special. Now, regarding Bengahzi…
General Carter Ham, Commander Africommand (counter terror operations) also relieved of command and arrested for attempting rescue despite orders from White House to stand down… and before him…
General William ‘Kip’ Ward, 1st Commander of the Africommand fired for ‘financial irregularities’ in expense accounts;
Rear Admiral Charles M. Gaouette, Commander of the Stennis Aircraft Carrier Strike Group relieved of command in the middle of Middle East deployment for unstated ‘inappropriate leadership judgement’ also thought Benghazi related. But not just him…
Capt. Owen Hornors, Commanding Officer of the Carrier Enterprise, no less, was let go for ‘making and showing to the crew raunchy cartoons.’ No patterns here, folks — move along, move along;
Rear Admiral Ron Horton, Commander of Western Pacific Logistics Group was also fired for knowing about and failing to put a stop to the Enterprise cartoon shows;
Brigadier General Bryon Roberts, Commander of Ft. Jackson (training facility) resigned over charges of an ‘altercation’ with a woman. He commanded the training of the Iraqi Security Forces slated to replace US Military, and served directly under the Joint Chiefs with distinction;
Vice Admiral Tim Guardina, U.S. Central Command, drops two ranks to Rear Admiral, and looses his 2nd in Command position in charge of nuclear weapons for allegedly using counterfeit casino chips (felony fraud). Now that would be easy to set up as a frame up… which begs the question, why no criminal charges or court marshall, if true — or a resignation? It’s called ‘leverage’ and keeping a close eye on a person in question by keeping them close at hand;
Four-Star General James Mattis, Commander of US Central Command, being fired for ‘Mad Dog’ warnings to the Obama adminstration on the dangers of proposed Middle East military actions in Syria. Very interesting if, as stated in the next item link, he was the one responsible for that firing, and perhaps more so, if it was his replacement who arranged it (at this point, I’ve not been able to isolate which might be closer to being true, if either);
USAF Major General Michael Carey, Commander 20th Air Force (that’s 3 Wings of ICBMs/450 warheads at three AF Bases) was let go in 2013, making the third man in charge of nuclear forces to be let go — unprecedented;
Army Major General Ralph Baker, Commander Joint Task Force Horn of Africa in Djibouti, Africa, let go in 2013 — anti piracy and counter terrorism support unit, also likely to know what really happened in ZeroDark Thirty;
Lt. Col. Matthew Dooley, 20 yr Vet Army Instructor for National Defense University and Joint Forces Staff College allegedly fired at Obama’s request for teaching a previously approved course called Perspectives of Islam and Islamic Radicalism (for which he had also previously been commended) because it was deemed ‘offensive’ to Muslim organizations who somehow managed to learn about it (but had not experienced it). On the other hand, the Army Vice Chairman of the Joint Chiefs, now head of US Central Command himself described it as “against our values,” and so, this appears more likely a military purge victim than an Obama victim, done in a way that blames Obama publicly. A nice two-edged blade being twisted;
Commodore of Logistics, Lt. Col. Allen B. West, Battalion Commander, 4th Infantry, 20 year vet forced to retire pensionless for coercing terror attack information from a prisoner in Afghanistan by discharging his weapon to get his attention. Now that’s odd, because Logistics has nothing to do with prisoners. However, Logistics is THE MOST KEY tactical element of ANY military action;
Marine Colonel Daren Margolin, Commander of Quantico’s Security Batallion — FBI’s and USMC training facilities also used in joint LEA/Military trainings even when disallowed by Posse Comitatus;
Marine Colonel James Christmas, Commander 22nd Marine Expiditionary Unit and Special-Purpose Marine Air-Ground Task Force Crisis Response Unit, let go in 2013;
In 2012, Six USAF Training Officers from Lackland AFB base were fired after being charged with rape and adultery;
In 2011, 25 Command Naval Officers below the rank of Admiral were let go (not already mentioned), including captains of nuclear missile warships and submarines;
Recall the TV show Last Resort, where an American sub commander staves off an unjust false-flag nuclear first-strike against Pakistan as part of a military-coup deception… by threatening D.C. with attack, instead?;
Also vanished in 2011, 12 senior enlisted Navel personnel in charge of key programs, facilities, and projects;
In 2012, an additional 28 Command Naval Officers below the rank of Admiral were let go, again including several captains of nuclear missile warships and submarines.
Also vanished in 2012; 15 senior enlisted Navel personnel in charge of key programs, facilities, and projects;
Meanwhile, still in 2012, 157 Career USAF Officers below the rank of General were forced to quit. Moreover, and potentially related, the USAF has resorted to offering nearly a quarter-million dollar bonus to fighter pilots to keep them from resigning after meeting their minimum obligation. Yet the 157 were ‘let go due to budget constraints’ according to the official story?
All the while this has been going on, and Obama’s proposed actions in Syria have not been sitting well with anyone but Sheeple on the citizen side, it turns out the military was not too crazy about the idea, either. Not just General Mattis and other officers already mentioned, but rank and file enlisted: a spontaneously created ‘photo-bomb’ campaign flooded the White House with individual refusals to serve in any military action ‘helping Al Qaeda’ fight the Syrian Christian government… appropriately went viral on facebook.
Does Obama fear a military coup?
Another kind of Roster: 92,600 Enlisted are being disbanded
Bloomberg is reporting, with the official line being budget cuts, that nearly 100,000 soldiers, sailors, and Marines are being let go starting the first of this month (several weeks ago, Oct.). The troubling element is that the bulk of these (67,000) are US Army. If gun grabbing operations took place, the brunt of such action would involve the Army. That fact, and the fact that the military has been using a Shoot Americans Questionnaire which would help them purge themselves of those unwilling to do so — if their actual plan, makes me wonder who is being forced out, and why?
And here’s another reason to wonder: If the Sorcha Faal story was done for DHS, and keeping in mind that DHS ordered enough ammo to kill everyone in North America several times over, the ONLY possible motive I can deduce for fostering Faalishness is to fuel a counter conspiracy to the real conspiracy. That is, if they were planning to shoot Americans over gun grabbing efforts, then why not create a counter story saying the Military was revolting because the President was going to grab guns and order them to shoot Americans to do it? It would be another two-edged sword blaming Obama. Watch the left hand so you don’t see what the right hand is doing.
I’m just saying. I really have no way of knowing any more than do you. But I do know how disinformation works, and that is definitely one way it is used. It’s how it got its name.
What does a purge of the U.S. Military mean?
The broad view: being caught in the middle
The stage has already been set for our consideration, and depending on who is doing the looking, lots of people are starting to see that a purge is taking place, almost all eyes focusing on the US Military and/or the Obama administration. Point of view dictates how they analyze the whys and wherefores, but they all agree that purge is the word.
Bloodless, thus far to be sure… but to remind… a bloodless purge tends to force the other side’s hand and can easily escalate to a bloody one, if not also outright armed conflagration. At some point, someone elects to do something to end the gutting of their power base, and that something is not usually gentle in nature.
That DHS has been buying up weapons, munitions, coffins, medicines, and other key items in quantities suitable for a twenty-five year war… and that FEMA has launched a massive ‘disaster’ preparedness advertising campaign, simply adds fuel to whatever may be the real cause of the mysterious smoke under consideration.
If you find this all a bit troubling, you may wish to do some more reading. One place I can suggest you start, is my own book set, Fatal Rebirth, which written in 1999, predicted the entire pickle we now see ourselves in, from the bringing down of the WTC by passenger jets to financial debacles to the purge, and much more.
A free ebook copy of Vol I can be obtained by email request to pppbooks at Comcast dot net. Given the violence purges tend to evoke, you may also wish to read my post (series) on emergency/disaster plans and resource kits to cover ANY threat, natural or man made. Who else but the Professional Paranoid would dare bribe you with a free book just to read a blog post? Email me!
Who is purging the military and why?
- Obama’s Military Purge (canadafreepress.com)
- U.S. Military Could Depose Obama, So He’s Destroying It (calvinistview.com)
- Obama Firing of Military Reminiscent of Stalin’s Purge (vaticproject.blogspot.com)
When the CDC starts talking about zombie attacks, DHS buys more ammunition than God and calls out all Federal Agencies to prepare for (something) at 100% strength with two weeks notice… while a Zombie blockbuster movie scares our pants off… there might just be something to worry about.
When do Zombies act on behalf of National Security?
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
Federal zombies may be in our future
OK, this might be tongue in cheek. MIGHT BE.
But it is completely factual (scary movie music rises). I just saw a couple of video blogs (streaming Web radio) where one of my kindred spirits (translation: conspiracy theorist, or on a good day, as we prefer it, investigative reporter) was interviewing someone claiming to be in the know: DHS, FBI, FEMA, and just about every other agency, military as well, have been ordered to bring all manpower, reserves, and resources, to 100% capacity by July 3, and to stand by for further instructions.
I’m not comforted by the fact that ALL the search engines can NO LONGER FIND THIS WARNING no matter what I type in (it would have helped if some of the words were not in use in gazillions of other vids, too). Thing is, two days ago, it was EASY to find using the same words. Who has the power to do that? No matter. I’m on the job. A few ones changed to zeros in government’s Internet won’t stop me.Note: This kind of censorship and information manipulation is one reason I formed nnn.osp.org to create a 100% citizen-owned-and-operated wireless Internet alternative where there is no ISP (no monthly bill), no government or corporate censorship, spying, or control: YOU are the Web!
In trying to solve that problem, I encountered something which revealed even more useful information than I was searching for. The CDC is apparently involved, too. We are talking about a terror drill involving a ‘fake’ outbreak of (something awful). Wince. Gee. What could that be? Well, I got to thinking. Recall the CDC warning about what to do if a zombie attack broke out?
Well, they claimed that was tongue in cheek, too. But I’m starting to wonder. Have you seen World War Z? Nothing seems far fetched after that! I mean… first CDC puts out the defense guide… then DHS buys enough ammunition to kill all the extras in WWZ (and every citizen in North America, with order quantities in Satanic numbers, no less)… not to mention enough coffins to take care of the half-eaten bodies… and now DHS, FEMA, FBI, the National Guard, (and CDC) are manning up for something very big.
And even if not Zombies… let us not forget that some guy named Kokesh (not related to David Koresh) is planning a ‘Million-man’ armed march on Washington, D. C. on July 4th. I mean… Damn! I don’t know what it means, but what I’ve more recently learned does not make me feel any better about, it all…
Why is terror drill set to coincide with Scout Jamboree?
Terror Drill Set for Scouting Jamboree
The orders for these agencies are to be at 100% by July 3rd, and then to stand by. Turns out, unless a cover story for a general Martial Law (you don’t suppose Kokesh is going to end up in a shootout with Feds, do you?) move to seize power by the New World Order, that there is to be a terror drill in Yellowstone during the Scout National Jamboree (July 15-24). But wait one minute; is it not true that at almost EVERY major terror event blamed on some turban wrapped, kidney machine toting, Koran spouting man with a beard… that there was simultaneously a terror drill of the same exact sort taking place at the same time?
Is that not the HALLMARK of a false flag operation? You create an exercise or drill on the same date in the same community for the same kinds of details (e.g., type of attack, type of target), and then, if the people really responsible (no turban, kidney machine, or Holy book) happen to get caught before they can pull it off, you say ‘It’s OK, they are with us, and everything is coolness.’ Where have we seen that used before?
A few places. The Sarin gas attacks in Japan. Sept. 11. The London Subway bombing. Bombing in Madrid. The Norway mass shooting. Even Aurora and Sandy Hook. Retired Army Intelligence Officer, Captain Eric May has said, “The easiest way to carry out a false flag attack is by setting up a military exercise that simulates the very attack you want to carry out.”
Are Zombies real after all?
Zombies on parade
Again, ‘tongue in cheek’ can only go so far to making one comfortable about the facts. Also while searching for the missing radio show links, I instead found some disturbing video — tons of it, in fact, which claim to evidence real Zombie attacks, including one faked ‘secret FBI briefing.’ But only one of these bothers me enough to deserve sharing, as it is a montage of real news stories that are quite shocking and, collectively, imply there are real people out there who are certainly acting like Zombies, and who are apparently quite hard to kill, too.
But that’s not the only disturbing thing about the video.
The second is found at the end of the long-winded (classified) reading of a (classified) Bill on the Senate Floor that (classified) seems to regard some kind of (classified) serious catastrophe, and what government is going to do about (classified.) At the very end, as if a causal afterthought of NO IMPORTANCE, the reader quotes, “and draft a NEW BILL OF RIGHTS.”
E X C U S E ME?
A new Bill of Rights? What’s wrong with the one we have such that once this (classified) happens, it is no longer useful? To me, the ONLY scenario where that makes sense is if the country has become an official Police State under perpetual Martial Law, the result of a military (classified.) Well, let me tell you if I see even a hint of that taking place, I’m going to (classified) and (classified) and all of (classified) had better double their (classified). Even if they claim it was the Onion Congress.
Well, that’s all I can think of to say about something that is so far fetched and based on ‘less than mainstream’ resources. So I’ll simply leave you with the original video which started the whole thing off. I did find it. But I warn you, it is not the sort of thing I would normally care very much about paying attention to now days, given the veritable flood of such ‘sky is falling’ reports on YouTube.
However, I also remind you, in my book set Fatal Rebirth, and resulting screen play published on the Internet in 1999, that the sky was going to fall in New York City, raining passenger jets upon the World Trade Center, and resulting in Middle East Wars. Some of us Chicken Little’s base our warnings on a bit more than conjecture. You can get a free ebook copy of Volume One, and see what else I’ve correctly predicted, and what things I’ve warned of which have yet to transpire.
It also behooves me to add, here, that as a specialist in privacy/security who helps targeted individuals and deals regularly with Political Control Technology… that I should mention that some estimates are that the government has created up to two million ‘sleeper’ agents using Manchurian Candidate mind control methodology. If true, we are talking about programmable people who can, with a simple text message or other signal, be launched off on almost any kind of mission with no recourse or understanding. Blindly obedient.
Such people can be made to believe any unreal circumstance, or believe themselves to be anything or anyone, and are often capable of exhibiting super-human traits (such as seeming to be bullet resistant). I’d hate to think about what would happen if a flood of such persons were unleashed thinking themselves Zombies. They soon enough would be, for all practical purposes. I’d not want to be in their warpath. World War Z, indeed.
- False Flag Biological Attack Expected This Summer? (pakalertpress.com)
- National Scout Jamboree 2013 False Flag Insider Warning (thetruthseeker.co.uk)
- NEVADA GOVERNOR CANDIDATE Warns BOY SCOUT JAMBOREE MAY BE NEXT FALSE FLAG (secretsofthefed.com)
- May 21st Is Judgment Day So Begins the Zombie Apocalypse (wholesalecostumeclub.com)
- The Government’s Knowledge of the Zombie Apocalypse (costumediscounters.com)
- False Flag Insider Warning – National Scout Jamboree 2013 (oneworldchronicle.com)
- Mass Casualty Terror Drill Planned for July 2013 During Boy Scout Jamboree (2012thebigpicture.wordpress.com)
For nearly a decade I’ve been trying to get media and the public to examine some simple proofs of a conspiracy we call Flight 800 Friendly Fire; the downing of a jumbo jet killing 230 souls with a Navy missile fired in a war game exercise gone wrong. They only wanted to call me ‘just another conspiracy theorist.’
NOT ANY MORE.
Was flight 800 shot down by a navy missile?
by H. Michael Sweeney
NTSB admits Flight 800 shot down
Seven years is a long time in Sheeple years (1 year in Sheeple years = 40 years of apathetic stupidity) and most Sheeple don’t even remember what Flight 800 was about, and some readers here may be younger and simply have no clue, or wish a refresher. In simple terms, Flight 800 was Trans World Airlines 747 jet bound out of New York late evening on July 17, 1996. Twelve minutes later, the plane and all 230 on board were lost in a fiery crash into the sea just off of Long Island. No one knew why, but rumors quickly sprang up that it was shot down by a Navy missile. Even military witnesses said so.
Even faster, the Wag-the-Dog disinformation engine of the U.S. Navy, Department of Defense, CIA, FBI, and the rest of the Federal Government launched one of the biggest criminal conspiracies of all time to cover up the truth. From the very beginning, I quickly involved myself as investigative writer because I quickly spotted traits of disinformation at play, and because I was compelled by a very credible claim that friendly fire was to blame by a revered source.
Non other than Pierre Salinger, former Press Secretary for Presidents John Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson, and former ABC Newsman, said that he was calling a press conference to reveal information from a CIA informant confirming the fact. But he had been set up for a fall with one of the oldest tricks in the disinformation handbook (as result, I wrote the 25 Rules of Disinformation to expose such tricks — my most famous and most read work with over 25,000,000 downloads); he was to become a strawman sacrifice to quash the rumor and associate it with ‘an untrustworthy Internet.’ Hence, the Salinger Syndrome. It destroyed him, but he is a hero for it.
I won’t explain the details of that, here (there is plenty of detail at my Flight 800 pages), nor much else about Flight 800 or the three-year running battle with Federal agents I and other civilian investigators had to endure to simply seek the truth and justice. I will only say that they used every dirty trick to shut us up they could muster, including sending out whole teams of FBI agents to intimidate us in person, Naval Intelligence people to pump us to see what we knew (pretending to be ordinary citizens), and I even got death threats from a foreign agent. Surveillance? You bet, including multiple vehicle tails, various aircraft, high-speed chases, and literally having to walk around Federal and local operatives to get from one side of a public venue to another. They wanted us to know they were dogging us.
But the one OTHER thing they did universally was to discount us by calling us ‘conspiracy theorists,’ and then ignoring anything we had to say. When the NTSB report finally came out, I personally had a field day combing over it and pointing out the obvious lies. They had falsified evidence, concealed evidence, and manufactured evidence to prove it was an electrical short which exploded a fuel tank. But that was also clearly impossible as even their own report showed. For each such point I’ve just mentioned, I was easily able to offer three different proofs. See my Three Simple Proofs (look for the small image of the gold NTSB CD a ways down the page).
But I was merely a ‘conspiracy theorist,’ and so, they still ignored me. Not one local news director would air my material, and the Oregonian flat refused my editorials. Of course, every major Network at the time was owned (controlling interest) by a major military contractor making Navy missile parts. Never mind that the proof was easy to illustrate. I was a conspiracy theorist, and THAT, was that. “Don’t confuse us with the facts, our minds are made up for us.”
Fast Forward a little.
The report finished, only one thing remained. The head of FBI, who personally monitored material I posted to my Web site (I cannot tell you how I know this without someone at FBI getting into a lot of trouble), and the head of the NTSB investigation, all resigned their posts at the end of the affair (publishing of the report), literally walking out on a scheduled meeting with a waiting collective of fellow civilian investigators, family members, and other ‘conspiracy theorists’ who were refusing to buy magic fuel tank explosion as ‘fact.’ They could not bear to look them in the face and lie to them in person, it seems.
With their resignations, NO ONE had ANYONE they could officially speak with, no one who would listen to, much less answer questions or challenges regarding the lies and blatant evidence of same. This was true in the halls of government, and in the newsrooms. We were all once more easily dismissed; conspiracy theorists are political and social zeroes in government and media circles. That’s why government loves to label dissenters. Pick a label, any label… in a political storm.
Fast Forward a LOT.
TODAY! On the radio today I heard that several NTSB Investigators have come forward and publicly admitted that the official report was doctored, stating flatly it was impossible that the fuel tank was responsible, and that there was indeed (as I had not only been saying, but showing) evidence of missile fire; it was a massive cover up.
What this means to YOU.
It means that conspiracy theorists (the good ones, like me – if you will permit me to so claim) are merely investigators forced to wear a label. It also means that many conspiracies are REAL, and self evident by the conflicting information in the official stories, and the cover up efforts and disinformation which follow. A cover up is itself proof of a conspiracy. You cannot have a cover up unless there is something to cover up, and its existence proves not only the crime is real, but it cannot even be undertaken except by a conspiracy of multiple parties to effect cover up; two interlocking conspiracies in one.
The lesson is: QUESTION GOVERNMENT, they lie. QUESTION THE OFFICIAL LINE, it has holes. QUESTION MEDIA, they are bought.
I urge you to read about Flight 800 at my Web site. There, you will learn things no other investigator has revealed. I was the only one to discover and illustrate the actual fraud in the NTSB Report. I was the first one to identify the ship most likely to have fired the missile (and subsequently visited by a foreign Agent making a death threat on behalf of their country — which should tell you something about the accuracy of my claims).
It will show you how easy it is to pull the wool over a Sheep’s eyes, and make us all into Sheep. It will show you how easy it is to fake it, and to make the public believe an unreal thing. It will reveal how easy it is to have a controlled media. It should leave you with a much greater respect for Truthers, and for conspiracy theorists, in general.
But why should I care, you might well ask? After all, I’m no longer a conspiracy theorist now that my theory has been proven FACT, and the conspiracy proven REAL, right?
WRONG. As long as Mr. Sorento and his crew run government, or others of like mind succeed him, there will be fresh lies to expose, new crimes to investigate. In fact, I’m working on a backlog, because that man and his cronies, like all Globalist Presidents, has more dark plots and evil deeds to dare than one conspiracy theorist, alone, can keep up with. Pray for me!
Care to help me out in other ways? All it takes is to pay attention, ask questions when facts conflict, and challenge government and media when they don’t get it right. And challenge the guy standing next to you when they don’t get it, because Sheeple are a terrible thing to leave running around loose in a Wolve’s playpen. If you ask me, that’s just plain good citizenship.
Or is that yet simply one more way of saying ‘terrorist’ in D.C.? Move along, Citizen, nothing to see here. Move along.
- Former investigators ‘break silence’ about NTSB cover-up of TWA Flight 800 crash (nydailynews.com)
- TWA Flight 800 Crash Not as Reported: Documentary (newser.com)
- Conspiracy Confirmed! TWA Flight 800 Whistleblowers Speak Out – NTSB Told Them To Lie (fromthetrenchesworldreport.com)
- Six NTSB Investigators Claim the Official TWA Flight 800 Crash Story Is a Lie (ajmacdonaldjr.wordpress.com)
A reality check for citizens in every nation, democratic, communist, totalitarian, or religiously governed (e.g., Islamic); terrorism is not waged between governments or ideologies as outwardly advertised, but a covert weapon for political control used by Globalists against all peoples, especially the very members of terror groups duped into participation. More to the point, it is waged by powers and principalities, against God and Man, and serves Satan.
Globalism’s Deliberate Self-Fulfilling Cycles of Paranoiac ‘Terror Threats’
by H. Michael Sweeney
What you will learn reading this post…
- Terrorism is a sham, a weapon of political control technology;
- Terrorism never benefits terrorists in any real way, given the backlash;
- Terrorism is never approached as a problem to actually be solved because it serves the ‘target’ government’s interests as long as it exists;
- Terrorism is about control of the masses through fears designed to sponsor a willingness to subjugate ourselves to the New World Order;
- Therein is the real secret; the NWO is Satan’s Illuminati plan to seat the Antichrist, terrorism being a mere tool.
Who benefits from terrorism?
Reality Check Time for citizens of all nations
Rewind the clock and review the last few decades or so — the time frame of the alleged ‘War against Terrorism.’ If you consider cause and effect relationships with much care, you quickly see that there would be no terrorism of true consequence except for government’s need to both instill fear in you as a form of Political Control Technology (behavior and thought control through deciet), and as a generator of ‘fuel’ for that very mechanism.
Look more closely, however, and we find even the governments are not the true benefactors. That would be Globalists, which put in other terms, is the modern-day Illuminati; the New World Order movement for a one-World government. This is governments run by the power elite, also called Fascism in some circles. Such rule is required if the Antichrist is ever to come to power. That is what I hope to illustrate in this post, along with some other eye openers of like nature:
Case Study; Control Group
But before we do that, we should first establish and consider, in the method of good scientific study, a ‘control group.’ We can then hold up the control group for comparison to the ‘terror group’ of events we will consider to make our final findings. Any differences should be for us valuable clues. For this purpose, let’s use something entirely unrelated which, like terrorism, represents a deadly threat to lives and the wellbeing of any nation; traffic accidents. Rewind the last decade or two in your mind and replay as you consider…
At regional and local levels, mostly, and to somewhat lesser degree at national levels, the high death toll and financial cost to the nation inherent in traffic crashes, including GNP impact, typically sparks ongoing efforts to improve highway and auto safety. This consists of an endless series of changes in rules, laws, and regulations, as well as advertising campaigns to educate drivers.
Specific examples over the years would include improving crash safety standards for auto makers, improved highway lighting, signage, and general design considerations, mandating seat belt use, ‘Don’t drink and drive,’ and other safety ad campaigns, tougher traffic laws and fines, more enforcement, and so forth.
In replay of that history, can you uncover recollection of ANY instance where a given governmentally sponsored approach significantly resulted in an INCREASE of traffic accidents or fatalities? I think not. The point is, in this control group review, we see that a problem which is seriously addressed for its own sake tends to evolve improvements, rather than degradation, over time. Restated, a legitimate problem genuinely and sincerely addressed in this way can always be made better by a cure, or an ineffective cure can be discarded in favor of a renewed attempt.
We must also ask, for reasons which should become apparent, who benefits thereby? The answer is, essentially, everyone. Drivers live longer and suffer less as a class, costs of accidents go down, though costs of ownership of vehicles tends to increase somewhat due to more expense in manufacturing and, for some, higher fines or fees associated with use of their vehicles, and taxes for improvements in highways. Most of us are content with these offsetting costs, and do not complain too much. The nation’s quality of life and GNP are enhanced.
More to the point, there are no significant losses of freedom or increases in political control by government, though new laws addressing safety issues may impose changes in procedures and provide for penalties; no one is unduly oppressed or repressed thereby, and basic rights remain unscathed.
Hmm… that seems to fit rather well with Titus 2:7 “In all things shewing thyself a pattern of good works: in doctrine shewing uncorruptness, gravity, sincerity.”
The Comparison Group; Terrorism
Rewinding and replaying the same period of time, but this time looking at Terrorism, let us compare to the Control Group. One difference we see almost immediately is that virtually all of the effort to combat ‘the problem’ stems from national government responses, rather than regional and local levels. They, alone, by and large, have defined the problem and ‘solutions offered.’ That, alone, might be a significant clue; a small handful of Men, all of like nature and purpose within the power elite, control all aspects related to the issue.
Indeed, no one else’s opinions are even allowed to hold sway, regardless of their quality of logic or popularity among the People. In almost every case we find, in reverse to the Control Group, that their actions have stimulated, rather than abated, the problem of terrorism. Indeed, if we go back far enough, we find that the problem did not even exist except for the causality of their actions. To make the point, let us look at several ‘models’ of terrorism. Start with the European model:
Go back to the time prior to the European Community, and you find that terrorism essentially was non existent in the early years of Post War Europe. But it came to be, based on the nature of groups formed to foment terrorism, because of ‘Cold War tensions,’ if we believe the political rhetoric of the day. Based on the rest of this presentation, I’m thinking you will rightly conclude that assumption a sham, and the true cause lay elsewhere: false flag psychological operations. And should you not naturally so conclude, we will see there is proof it is so.
In point of fact, the processes which will be described, next (in the American model), apply to quite well to the European model. Terror attacks in Europe enabled the same exact processes, and in Europe, I assert, directly helped and led to the formation of the European Community, itself, a key Globalist early goal. Remember that notion as we near the end of looking at the American model, which will bring the point home in unexpected ways, and fully relate the Globalist aspect.
I only thought to bring up European model because it underscores and echoes in reenforcement the discoveries we will find in the American model. Any nation which has in the past or currently experiences terrorism should find these same factors in play, as well; they are portable concepts useful in any governmental environment. But in all cases, they serve only one special interest group, a group present in every governmental environment; Globalists. Allow me to make the case…
In America, terrorism was not even in the American lexicon until CIA began funding, training, and arming radical Muslims as part of their meddling in the affairs of Islamic nations rich with natural resources. Such meddling is a sure-fire way to generate resentment and hatred given their religious beliefs, beliefs which impact political actions in ways perhaps uncommon elsewhere.
I remember, in fact, one of the early newspaper articles (and later, others) on topic having to actually DEFINE the basic terminologies of terrorism in order to write about terror events. The point is, however, that we can lay terrorism at the feet of CIA and American foreign policy (on the one hand closest to our observation), and, as we will see, on Globalism, on the other, less visible hand.
If I were willing to make this blog longer than you would wish it in reading time, I could detail that for you to a level which showed CIA and the Department of Defense, often in alliance with military contractors and Globalist firms, actually imported most terrorists we have heard about acting on US soil (and elsewhere), often aiding in their visitation, training, and financing up to the moment of their terror acts, and even in their escape and any subsequent reentry into country. This I do in my four volume bookset, Fatal Rebirth, with over 1,500 footnotes of factual evidence. Want a free ebook of volume one?
So we see right away that the very problem was created by government. In defense, or rather concealment of the fuller truth, they claimed it unintended, even coincidental or unavoidable, and most of us believed them. But the footnotes I speak of show otherwise, especially in terms of lesser known ‘smoking gun’ events. One test of the sincerity of the claim is the question, does government move to ‘address’ this new terrorism problem as they did in our Control Group? Well, sort of…
The very first effort in response of note was the Patriot Act, a major assault on Constitutionally guaranteed liberties which, they promised, would be repealed as soon as they got a handle on the problem. Tyrannical governments which have evolved throughout history have always got their start with that very argument in justification of repressive actions, creating for themselves that slippery slope of no return. So many times have they had the chance to repeal the Patriot Act and instead elected to extend it, if not add to it, that I’ve lost count. Full grease ahead, downard, Ho!
Virtually all Congressional and White House actions aimed at combating terrorism have followed this self-same pattern: repressive responses which reduce Liberty in exchange for alleged security, a formula known to leave the people with neither, and which instead leads to a totalitarian police state. That’s how the Communist revolution in Russia led to something Karl Marx never intended for his movement. That’s how South American dictators grew their power. That’s how Hitler came to be, and so forth. But it is not how you combat terrorism, for it has not abated, though one may argue there is a current lull. So again, I ask, who profits?
To be sure, not the terrorists, who are guaranteed to generate a backlash against their own homelands. Examine all of history, and it is rare to find an example of the use of terror which resulted in good outcome for the nation from whence attacks originated, and on whose behalf their acts were supposedly committed. Their people suffered, typically through military response, worse casualties and consequence, than did the nation targeted with terrorism. It is a loose-loose situation for terrorists. There is but one exception, to be noted shortly.
Indeed, it is instead the nations targeted by terrorism who benefit. Not the citizens thereof, who bear the brunt of attacks at a personal level, but the men and political forces in power. Terrorism, in fact, gives power to the national government and its leaders, big time. Always; Hitler the perfect example. In international terrorism, the real loosers are the citizens of both nations, and more importantly, all religions who worsiph the God of Abraham; the Jewish, Christian, and Islamic faiths for whom terrorism is a great tool for Globalist (Satanic Illuminati) divide and conquer tactics.
But it is a double whammy for citizens of the target nation, because they not only suffer the casualties of attacks, but the loss of freedoms and rights usurped by a government become more tyrannical. Such benefits are why false flag terrorism is often the tool of one’s own government. Hitler used it, and many Americans are convinced George Bush used it in Sept. 11, and so forth. Fatal Rebirth offers much evidence in support of that belief. Such powers and principalities go out of their way to foment or fake terror acts, even if they have to supply and fund the ‘leadership’ of the terrorists and grow them into a local power — the only terrorists to benefit being those paid and empowered at leadership levels.
Proof, in Fatal Rebirth, shows the number two man of al Quaeda, in fact, to be a double or triple agent working for CIA and the Department of Defense. That’s right, the man who not only planned, but helped execute the attacks on American Embassies, the USS Cole, and the bombing of the World Trade Center, the man who managed to put bin Laden into power and unify other terror groups under his command… was one of our own. And if that were not enough, he held a job with a major defense contractor when not employed by the United States Army.
Is terrorism false flag?
Terror culture growth in a petri dish
The macro illustrates further. Government actions to combat terror actually stimulate it, rather than fighting it. Every action in the Middle East has tended to angrify Muslims even more, making it easier for them to recruit combatants to use against us. Middle East policy continues to be based on previous failures, with no learning curve in evidence. Even those things we would outwardly see as ‘good acts,’ were often deliberate betrayals.
For example, an American company providing schoolbooks for use in the Middle East for very young children used pictures of bombs, grenades, and guns for counting exercises… early enough that by the time CIA was training Osama bin Laden, those children were old enough to be recruited into al Quaeda. Now, once we have invaded and seized control of Afghanistan, the same publisher is providing books with butterflies and Poppy blooms. So now, instead of growing terrorists, Afghanistani youth will grow up thinking it perfectly normal to grow and sell the crops used to make Heroine, those fields guarded by American soldiers as you read.
We continually arm radical groups for use against their own local regimes we conveniently deem ‘repressive’ after decades of working with them as allies and arming them to the teeth in many cases. And then wonder why the radicals soon enough turn those weapons on us, irrespective of if a new regime was put in place, or not. Moreover, any new regime is more dangerous than the old, outwardly, though I maintain it is an intended consequence. This is indeed on purpose of our terror and foreign policies, as reflected by the fact that we keep repeating these mistakes as if oblivious to their cause and effect relationships. There is proof.
Fatal Rebirth, recounts a specific PowerPoint presentation at the Pentagon by Defense Policy Board kingpin, Richard Perle, part of the PNAC (Project for a New American Century) plans to take control of the Middle East, and by capture of the bulk of remaining Oil repositories therein, to control the World. It is all based on concepts espoused by the Council on Foreign Relations and other Globalists, and Zionist interests via a partnership with a joint US-Israeli think tank. It laid out a multi-year, multi-war/revolution plan for takeover of the major Middle East nations in domino fashion, specifically with the intent of giving control over to radicals, specific persons controlled by or partnering with Globalists. Every war in the Middle East, including the more current revolts, was in the Power Point, with more such to come.
For example, Fatal Rebirth shows you that the top two people now running the Afghani government were both former CIA employees who also did work for the Oil Industry, and both were directly involved in trying to get the Taliban to grant oil and gas pipeline rights to American oil companies. Do you honestly think citizens at large in Afghanistan would benefit by and approve of covert CIA/oil industry control of their nation in the guise of a new democracy? This is what I mean when I say outwardly, new regimes may seem less than friendly, but secretly, they remain Globalist puppets to perpetuate control mechanisms there, as well as elsewhere.
Make no mistake. This is not an American plot so much as an international plot by Globalists, the modern Illuminati.
This is also revealed in the referenced PowerPoint, where even darker aspects tie directly to Mysticism, Satanism, and Illuminati principles, matters requiring too much detail to explain in this venue. But I will add that Perle himself has his own CIA front-like operation which works directly with Arms smugglers for the purpose. Stability in the Middle East is NOT a goal, and never was. Such political machinations foster a kind of hidden control of the Middle East through secret alliances with terrorist leadership in exchange for quid-pro quo cooperation (attacks). There is no usefulness for political control plots found in peace and stability.
This covert alliance betrays the very reasons rank and file membership of terror groups join, as well as the greater citizenry and governments of their homelands, not to mention putting at risk the long-term welfare of religious doctrine which often guides their nation and political movements. If the people joining terror groups fully understood this, they would behead their leaders as traitors, and rethink their strategies in realization that terrorism is political control weapon being used against their own people as well is those of the target nation(s). Only the Globalists and their proxies in the involved governments and terror groups, can possibly win.
It deserves restating of who benefits, and how: in funding, arming, and aiding in terror attacks against the U.S. and other nations where Globalism runs rampant, the target nation governmentals (and the Globalist movement) gain two things, and the leaders of terror groups gain prestige and power over their own people for their ‘successes,’ and loyalty and devotion in anger evolving out of backlash-sponsored ‘failures.’ The two things the Globalist proxies gain are an empowerment to further restrict freedoms and wax oppressive through legislative response to terror event ‘successes,’ and validating police state mentality by offering minimal proofs of effectiveness at the few terror attack-sponsord ‘failures.’ Perfect quid-quo pro.
So we see that regardless of if a terror even is effective, or fails, there is win-win for the Globalist and their terrorist cohorts, but only loose-loose for citizens and terror participants, who are mere pawns in a grand deceit.
Ergo, in our comparison, Luke 6:43-44 seem quite appropriate; “For a good tree bringeth not forth corrupt fruit; neither doth a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. For every tree is known by its own fruit. Figs aren’t gathered from thornbushes, or grapes picked from a bramble bush.”
A need to shift gears: homegrown terror
A kind of proof that such terror is artificially generated and outcome is controlled lays in the fact that if it were NOT so, the focus would remain on the foreign sponsored terrorism, and changes or experimentation in solutions would evolve to some eventual gaining of ground. But, if one is intending a Police State, one realizes that eventually, there will be internal resistance and insurrection forces to be dealt with at some point — given that the only solutions applied are repressive to freedom in nature. There is only so far one can go in oppressive reduction of personal freedoms without sparking resistance.
What is domestic state sponsored terrorism?
The answer? Raise the stakes and ‘broaden the war.’
Therefore, almost immediately on the heels of the Truther movement, we here in America started to hear about homegrown terrorism, a thing which caused most of us to respond with ‘???’ And from this has evolved a whole new series of staged events to justify the next waves of repressive acts and moves which, like those for Islamic terror, actually tend to foment and generate the very terrorism they would pretend to combat.
These also served to empower the TSA and other repressive acts designed to train us to be obedient to Police State social controls (and the basest of personal insults and groping to which we dare not protest.) This additionally causes us to realize we need to fear and respect our government, despite the fact that our whole form of government is based on the notion that they should fear displeasure of We, the People. Once we have it upside down in our head, it is easier for them to advance with less meaningful resistance.
But then, they had yet to meet the 99%.
But the general strategy creats self-fulfilling harbingers. To worry about and act to ‘prevent’ or ‘combat’ terrorism will eventually spawn it. At some point, you no longer need false flag or even entrapment provocateurs. Fascists want and need internal civil unrest in order to justify further tightening of their power grip, and the unraveling of and discarding of the Constitution (esp. 2nd Amendment) that they may evolve into a truly Globalist entity. Specifically, in America, as I frequently detail in other posts, the establishment of the NAU; the North American Union. An exact replay of Europe, and why that model was briefly examined.
We see signs this is so by the fact that there are separate non terror-related actions which are preparing for acceptance of Globalist programs which can only function if there is a new Constitution under an NAU construct. Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius, the CANAMEX Highway, United Nations Small Arms Treaty and other U.N. sponsored mandates such as Biospheres, all clue us in to this fact. Our Constitution and, more directly, the Second Amendment make these things almost impossible under our present form of government. They need Martial Law, suspension of the Constitution, seizure of firearms, and a new Constitution with more leeway.
They are easing us into the mentality of Globalist control by selling us on grandiose benefits which seem lofty, but which are truly unworkable and intended to conceal the truth: total control is not freedom, but slavery, and a one World government sponsored by the New World Order is nothing but a mechanism to seat the Antichrist as World Leader — the whole point of the Satanic Illuminati plan to create the NWO in the first place.
So they push for gun control legislation guaranteed to make more militant the mindset of gun owners. Then we conveniently have a wave of gun violence worthy of sparking demands for gun control, a matter deeply tied psychotropic drugs evolved out of CIA mind control research. I don’t even own a gun and yet they make me want to stockpile weapons and ammunition to protect the Second Amendment from panic-driven, unthinking gun grabbers and their Globalist sponsors.
I can only imagine that militia members are waxing paranoid and actively planning for and training for combat with government or United Nations forces. Eventually, someone from such a group will undertake an act of violence to ‘strike a blow for freedom,’ but it will most likely be a false flag event intended to justify efforts to enact gun confiscation. It will, in point of fact, be labeled as ‘terrorism.’ No right thinking group of gun owners would effect a first strike policy, knowing this would be the result, though a paranoidal schizophrenic individual, may, with entrapment encouragements.
They passed the NDAA and the DOD embarked on reckless and provocative mock raids of American cities in violation of Posse Commitatus to make us fear government to levels that may spark shooting of federal agents, soldiers, or cops in perceived self defense, as examined in an earlier post. Again, if some truly paranoid person does not eventually do so, I fear a false flag series of events will be staged. It is absolutely critical that government be able to vilify gun owners if the NAU is to come to pass, lest there be a full-scale armed revolt.
They passed the Monsanto Protection Act, which protects Monsanto from liability and enables their forcing of dangerous genetically modified crops into the food chain (to include meat supplies since corn and soy are fed to animals as well as to humans). This will most surely make militant a number of the millions of farmers who have sued Monsanto, and tens of millions more who realize GMO foods KILL livestock, cause birth defects or sterility, and even cause hair to grow through the digestive tract from tongue to intestines.
Eventually, again as I have posted earlier in full review, someone will get the idea in their head to act out in a violently against Monsanto, perhaps an arson or a bombing, or worse. When you take away the right of redress through the courts, you guarantee revolt in some violent form. False flag efforts will hardly be needed, IMO, but entrapment encouragements will likely be involved. Fascists NEED such violence to come to power, and once more, they will call it ‘terrorism:’
We must have terror and internal chaos if we are to have a New World Order. In fact, it would seem it is forecast by God to follow a period of great upheaval. 2 Thessalonians 2:3 “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition;” In the text of King James, ‘falling away’ means ‘rebellion,’ and the day spoken of is the End Days, the ‘son of perdition’ the Antichrist. Be not deceived by your leaders.
How is terrorism a tool for political control?
In summary, we see the pattern is complete in all instances, following the path of cause and effect which is opposite the model of the Control Group. There is no effort to combat terror, but instead, to generate it. It is a political control technology, a kind of mind control; it generates fear to enable tighter security control at the expense of liberty, generates resentment to foment new terror threats and, thereby, to repeat the cycle even well after any foreign threats might be abated through takeover of their governments (per the PowerPoint).
There is a great falling away taking place in the Muslim World, as they war amongst themselves for radical supremecy. In the non Muslim World, where radical Islam conducts terror strikes, populations loose freedoms which will steadily lead them toward having no other choice but armed revolt. My prior blogs are full of this warning, and show how perilously close it may be right here, in America. But this is a World-wide phenomenon, as the Occupy movement has shown. We are ripe. We have been deceived by a cyclic strategy which brings us ever closer to boil over.
Such cyclic strategy worked in the Middle East flavor, it worked in the European flavor, and the South American flavor, and it will work in the homegrown flavor (if we allow it). Dumbed-down Sheeple comply with little true objection in the false belief it is perfectly logical to so evolve, not realizing, like the frog in pot of water on the stove, that the political control temperature will soon be fatal and leave them with no way to escape a terrible unwanted and unforeseen fate; rule by a totalitarian police state, and even the Antichrist. Got 666? Almost.
In Fatal rebirth, the cover of the first volume expresses it all this way: Terrorism creates Nationalism (obedience and loyalty to government — who’s political leaders benefit from terrorism); Nationalism fosters Capitalism (most notably, the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex — who profit from terrorism); Capitalism empowers Globalism — the power elite of the round table groups, the modern Illuminati (who benefit and profit from terrorism); Globalism therefore requires Terrorism — funding it directly, and through their control mechanisms within capitalism, nationalism. In effect, it is nothing more than a cyclic machine, an engine to power control mechanisms, and made up of control mechanisms, cyclic in nature.
I call it the Armageddon Machine. I also call it treason, though that is just the outer shell at the national level. If a shooting war erupts (armed revolt), the shooting should not stop until that machine is destroyed. It will not be a revolution simply to restore the Constitution and reestablish freedom, but to delay or prevent the end of the World as we know it. The modern Illuminati, the Globalists of the World, will be the true enemy, not just some handful of govermentals and their obedient armies. It will be a war with powers and principalities, the truest source and form of terror imaginable.
They exist not just here in our own country, but in other countries, from whence they manipulate and participate in events, here. We will likely have to take that war to them, as well. Any such revolution will need to be enlarged to an internationally scope, or we will never be able to start anew with hope of long success. Emptying Freedom’s lifeboat of Illuminati water has little effect if the satanic hole from which it springs forth is not also plugged.
This is true in every nation. Fascism, the outward manifestation of Globalism, exists in every government to one degree or another. The more affluent and powerful the nation, the more it controls the nation in subversively covert or openly overt ways. It matters not if the country is socialist, communist, democratic, or religiously governed (e.g., Islamic); fascist-globalist mechanisms guide it toward Illuminati goals. As the Occupy movement has illustrated, there is hardly a nation where the people are not starting to awaken to these facts.
The next revolution will undoubtedly spread to be global — especially if it originate in the one nation thought to be ‘most’ free. As America goes, so goes Canada, and Mexico. As America and Canado goes, so goes Britain. As Mexico goes, so goes Central and South America. As Britain goes, so goes the European Community. As they go, so goes the entirety of the former Soviet Bloc. And from there it is only logical that Middle East and Asiatic, and the rest, join in.
Is the war on terrorism fake?
That possibility moves me to employ something from the Prolog of Fatal Rebirth as Epilog, here. Because all men seeking freedom in such a battle will become John Gault in that day. If not, or if John Gault falters and fails, the Antichrist will come to power; we suffer End Game. But if Gault prevails, as in the fictional character’s role in Atlas Shrugged (Ayn Rand), the World will come to a screeching halt on its current course to Hell, and get a second chance, a reprieve, and an extension to our lease on the Planet, though at great cost. From Fatal Rebirth:
Truth cannot live on a diet of secrets, withering within a web of entangled lies. Freedom cannot live on a diet of lies, in the end surrendering to the veil of their oppression. The human spirit cannot live on a diet of oppression, being subservient against the will to that unchecked evil. God, as truth incarnate, will not long let stand a world devoted to such evils. Therefore, let us have the truth and freedom our spirits require… or let us die seeking these things, for without them, we shall surely and justly perish in an evil world.
And yet, in final note for this post, I am also moved to write… as the Bible text indicates, that to so revolt may play directly into their hands. The answer is found in the nature and outcome of any such revolt, especially if Global. The key, I am convinced, is where the revolt starts, when and why, and how it concludes. That, however, will be another blog post. Here, I will simply say this: God has our back, either way — provided we make no foolish mistakes and act without right-use-ness of Free Will (righteousness). Subscribe to learn more.
- Non-Muslims Carried Out More than 90% of All Terrorist Attacks on U.S. Soil ! Jewish & ‘Latino’ Extremists Carried Out Even More Attacks Than Muslims! (socioecohistory.wordpress.com)
- The FBI’s Fake Terror Plots – Judge Napolitano (therebel.org)
- N. Korea EMP Attack Next False Flag per Wag-The-Dog Evidence (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
If a military coupe planner needed an excuse for Martial Law in a hurry, what better way than to EMP the country and blame N. Korea? Such an attack from N. K. is impossible, and yet Sheeple wallow in the wag-the-dog Sheep Dip in a daze.
North Korea EMP Attack Next False Flag per Wag-The-Dog Evidenceby H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
How will North Korea attack America?
What you will learn reading this post…
- A review of signs that a false flag EMP nuclear detonation in our atmosphere will be staged;
- A review of what such an event enables and sponsors of value to the NWO traitors;
- What you can do to preempt and deal with consequences if it happens;
- How you can help prevent it from happening.
Is an EMP attack against America possible?
Why I write and you should read…
On April 3rd someone advised me that Google showed there were almost 200,000 Web sites claiming doom and gloom in the form of a North Korean EMP attack on the U.S. While many of these were the usual conspiracy theory resources (some with good reputations, some questionable, and some known disinfo organs such as federaljack.com.), unlike many conspiracy matters, there were also some mainstream news sorces carrying the story.
That, alone, made me sit up, but two days later, it had jumped to over 309,000, and is now nearly 900,000 (Korea + EMP attack.)
Even many mainstream outlets (e.g., Newsmax, Investors Business Daily, Washington Times) normally quite conservative were forecasting the darkest of all possible outcomes, some claiming up to 9 out of 10 Americans would die as result. I smelled, as did the person sending me the information, a big federal disinformation rat. Ever hear of Wag-The-Dog? Remember WMD in Iraq? That was really WTD.
If not, go rent or otherwise watch the Dustin Hofman, Robert De Niro movie with the same name, Wag The Dog. It will give you a hilarious review of EXACTLY what it is, and how it works, in a tongue-in-cheek presentation of real-World disinformation tactics employed by the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex. It’s all about manipulating people so they won’t question government crimes.
This EMP attack story is particularly disconcerting because it smacks of portending a false flag attack by our own government for reasons explained herein. Shades of the hit TV series Revolution, in fact, where there is sudden loss of power and political chaos results, almost as if the TV show was to prep us for what is to come that we might be easier to subdue in appreciation to military ‘rescue.’
What is an EMP attack?
What is an EMP attack?
When a nuclear bomb is set off, huge bursts of radiation of all manner are released in an unstoppable flood. Everything from heat and light to atomic radiation. Normally such bombs are used for their physical destruction capability, eviscerating a core area and causing blast and fire damage over a much broader area, and radioactively poisoning and rendering unsafe an even greater area. But there is another, more tactical use.
It is widely known but little spoken of, untill late (wag-the-dog tactic: foster massive dialogs in support of false story point), that if such a device is detonated high in the atmosphere over an enemy territory, the sudden burst of gamma rays creates a massive electromagnetic pulse (EMP.) So massive, in fact, that it destroys or interferes with most anything electronic. Motors, generators, and many digital and non digital components are, in fact, destroyed if in operation at the time, and some items will be harmed even if not in use, unless sufficiently shielded. The entire power grid would, in fact, fail and be extremely difficult to repair for a long, long time.
The result in such an attack on a modern society is total and instantaneous transportation into the Stone Age (more correctly, perhaps, the 18th Century, the agricultural age). But given that modern societies have no infrastructures in place which rely upon 18th Century technology, it might as well be the Stone Age. The ONLY defense against EMP attacks is to destroy the warhead in flight to destination, one of the reasons America has stubbornly tried to develop anti-ballistic missile systems since the time of Reagan and, truth be known, before.
But I note that wag-the-dog disinformation tends not to mention this factuality. Better if we think we are defenseless, where the only benefit to such a belief exists if one intends a false flag event.
Note: most of what is written from this point forward is covered, along with other related topics, in great detail in my four volume book set, Fatal Rebirth, including copies of the Constitutions mentioned below, with analysis. Want a free ebook of volume one? The book literally predicted 9-11 and resulting Middle East wars, and much, much more. It also predicted false flag attacks would be used to justify the Martial Law and subsequent events discussed herein, and what can be done about it.
What is a false flag event?
The nature of False Flag attacks
When a country wishes to start a war or enact some terribly repressive changes in political/governmental paradigms, it is historically common to stage a fake attack by some designated group or country as fall-guy. The people become enraged and demand retaliation, enabling a war, and wax super-patriotic and tolerant of any losses of freedoms or dramatic shifts in the structure of government to ‘better assure victory.’ Wag-the-dog rhetoric is required well before the event to paint the would-be source of the attack as a very dangerous opponent, vile and full of unchecked hatred — but the real purpose is to build fear and hatred of the ‘enemy.’
Internationally, the country employing false flag is seen as innocent victim, and may bash away at their new enemy freely, perhaps even recruiting ally nations. In some cases, even the people in the target country think their own country guilty as charged, which can foster an underground or more overt revolt which further helps assure victory. Only their leaders know the truth, but who will believe their claims?
Not very many beyond the most loyal, not many that count. Wag-the-dog efforts must, therefore, include ‘evidences’ after the fact, but one clue is that such evidences may seem just a little too convenient and quick to be located — such as the old reliable and oft used ‘found wallet’ belonging to the terrorits. Sheeple really are stupid to fall for that time and again. It has been used about six times, now.
All that is required is to stage a single, large-scale or politically sensitive event (e.g., assassination), or several smaller events which can be tied together at the desired time, all ‘evidence’ pointing to the same (false) source, also a job for the wag-the-dog folks. Hitler used the Reichstag Fire, burning of the beloved national library and many rare books, which was blamed on the Communists to justify changes in governmental structure which altered Germany from a Republic to a one-man show controlled by the fascist Nazi party. It launched the World down the path to WWII.
How can you spot false flag events?
Detecting false flag operations
The Truther movement can offer a great deal of evidence that Sept. 11 was such an operation, and in fact, as I will offer in another post (and detail in Fatal Rebirth), most, if not all, terrorism against America and elsewhere, is demonstrably false flag in nature. All that is needed to establish or illustrate a false flag event is to use one’s brain in review of the basic facts, which, of course, Sheeple don’t know how to do because they’ve been dumbed down by psyops TV programming technology, rich with wag-the-dog. False flags look like this:
a) there is an abundance of early, pre-event wag-the-dog negative media coverage painting the bad guys as evil and out of control, building them up as a huge threat — perhaps even a specific threat;
(e.g. pre 9-11, Osama bin Laden was not exactly a household word, not even amongst the many radical Muslim terror groups, but he had an excellent PR firm, called CIA, who was fond of trotting out videos of him making threats, and listing him as prime suspect in prior attacks — while a CIA station chief pays him a visit in a Saudi hospital.)
b) the event takes place and immediate evidence is produced;
(e.g., within mere hours of 9-11, a terrorist’s wallet was found ‘laying in the street amid debris’, and other evidence sufficient to allow President Bush to provide the full names of all 19 alleged participants.)
c) the official story and available facts conflict, often in spades;
(e.g. 9-11 hijack flight passengers used cell phones to call relatives; cell phones did not work in flight in those days)
d) it contains nonsensical or illogical, impossible facts, or ‘magic bullet’ explanations;
(e.g. the nose of the South Tower plane passes completely through the building in tact, but nothing larger than a shard is found of it on the ground — no plane blown up by missile, by bomb, or fuel tank explosion has ever had the nose section destroyed so utterly, large sections of it should have been found.)
e) there are signs of a cover up regarding evidence: vanishing, altering, or manufacturing of evidence;
(e.g. Flight 993 cratered into a field, again with only shards remaining, and yet the crater is shown by earlier satellite images to have existed as a geographic feature well before 9-11. No FAA investigations looking at serial numbers of parts, either.)
f) there is a wag-the-dog disinformation effort evident; a cover up;
(e.g., American media refused to report what international media had already reported: that the date of the Afghan invasion was set, and allies arranged for prior to the 9-11 event, and that the Defense Policy Board had presented a PowerPoint presentation at DOD which, in fact, laid out a series of domino wars and revolutions in the Middle East to put radical Muslims into power as puppet governments — the Hashemites. It also failed to tell you that the top two men in the new Afghani government are ex CIA/DOD employees who also worked with Chevron Oil with Condaleeza Rice trying to get the Taliban to agree to an oil/gas pipeline deal pre 9-11. This is meticulously detailed in Fatal Rebirth, which has over 1,500 footnotes.)
g) there is an attempt to discredit anyone who questions the official story, and offer lame excuses for conflicting facts;
(e.g., Truthers are constantly ridiculed and labeled in casual remarks by media and governmentals as mere ‘conspiracy theorists,’ called traitors, insane, and even terrorists — more wag-the-dog disinfo. In ‘debunking’ various Truther claims, almost every one of the 25 Rules of Disinformation have been employed.)
h) an official investigative body (i.e., special ‘independent’ prosecutor, Grand Jury, panel, commission) is established to ‘find the truth, no matter where it leads,’ but they selectively examine evidence, alter, vanish, or falsify evidence, and are generally made up of people who benefit;
(e.g., the 9-11 “Independent Commission” was entirely, save one, made up of Bush cronies, each of which had previously bailed him out or were in his debt. Some had ties to the very institutions and technologies used in the attacks. And as Truthers easily point out, their efforts were white wash in nature with respect to manipulating, hiding evidence. All but two of the 12 had intelligence community ties. See table of cronyism toward bottom of this Noilwar! page.)
i) there is evidence of prior knowledge and/or media complicity.
(e.g., the Pentagon was making plans for emergency response in event of aircraft crashing into the Pentagon — photo of models planes and firetrucks and Pentagon with military brass in Fatal Rebirth… – or – BBC news in a live report announced that Building 7 of the WTC collapsed while it was still standing in the background… and then it collapsed on air, later, causing the Reporter to ad, “Oh, there it goes, now.” Google removes the vid, and BBC claims they lost the footage.)
Collectively, even individually, such wag-the-dog tactics are nothing more than a cover up. Whenever a cover up is in play, it is proof of a conspiracy, because if for no other reason, than to effect a cover up REQUIRES a conspiracy of players. Further, as there is no reason for a cover up unless there is an original criminal act, that, too, is part of the conspiracy.
Why would happen in an EMP attack?
What is the value in an EMP attack to Globalists here, and abroad?
As I have written of in many prior posts, there is an existing intent, in response to a perceived cause, to declare Martial Law and suspend the Constitution, and establish a new military government. This is out of the mouth of one of the nation’s top military leaders. You can bet that door-to-door searches and seizure of guns will follow, as was done in Katrina.
We next start to see mainstream media actually cover the fact that the military is practicing raids on American cities, in some cases with helicopter gattling guns blazing, and troops repelling, doors being blown off of buildings. They have never covered such events this way, before, indirectly indicating it is wag-the-dog psyops, again prepping citizens for future events. But of late, the quantity and intensity of such violations of Posse Comitatus has skyrocketed to include many major cities, indicating something big is on the horizon.
There is further the general intent by Globalists to establish a new Constitution for the NewStates of America, and the World Constitution, both documents already written (and both reproduced and analyzed in Fatal Rebirth), which makes rights more like a privileges, and provides an endless array of reasons, methods, and governmental authorities who can rescind them at any time, even retroactively, for individuals, groups, or all citizens.
Moreover, it enables the formation of the North American Union, and makes easier the acceptance of U.N. Treaties without ‘violation’ of ‘national sovereignty’ or the (new) Constitution. End Game ensues; the one-World government is formed (the World Constitution is ratified (already ratified in some countries), and the Antichrist can be seated.
Can you predict a false flag attack?
What are the signs EMP false flag may be afoot?
To answer this, we go back to our signs from above. I suspect that CIA types have infiltrated the N. Korean government to act as agent provocateurs assigned to stir up the young leader to his current state of rhetoric and provocative acts. The true likelihood of them launching an attack is nill, as indicated, below. But for a false flag event to enjoy any plausibility, there must be a seed basis for blaming another party.
a) there is an abundance of early wag-the-dog negative media coverage painting the bad guys as evil and out of control, building them up as a huge threat — perhaps even a specific threat;
(N. K. stories started weeks ago, and then suddenly the web was awash with EMP stories, both mainstream and Web.)
b) the event takes place;
c) the official story and available facts conflict, often in spades;
(Such conflicts are already known: an EMP attack requires an intercontinental ballistic missile and a large hydrogen bomb, both technologies at much lower states of development in N. Korea than required for the job — according to an insider analysts who should know — but who cannot say so publicly because it would blow his security clearance.)
d) it contains nonsensical or illogical, impossible facts, or ‘magic bullet’ explanations;
(This would only become apparent after the event, explanations forced to address any major holes in the official story — they might claim it was a high-altitude weather ballon-delivered device that escaped detection.)
e) there are signs of a cover up regarding evidence: vanishing, altering, or manufacturing of evidence;
(also post event)
f) there is a wag-the-dog disinformation effort evident;
(We have a taste: there are currently nearly 900 thousand Web articles forecasting EMP attack on the U.S. by N. Korea, some of which are mainstream, but most of which stem from a select few sources associated with government disinfo sources such as Sorcha Faal, who is often used by DHS and State Department. These, in turn, are replicated and virally spread as if trustworthy, typically enlisting the aid of those conspiracy theorists prone to not well checking sources or examining the basic facts; fear mongering.)
g) there is an attempt to discredit anyone who questions the official story;
(Currently, there is hardly anyone in this category to discredit. I knew of only know seven of us when writing this, who consider EMP a false flag scenario. But we are ahead of the curve: this is normally a post event phenomenon, and until and unless naysayers abound or have a major following and are widely believed, there is no reason to bother labeling us insane, etc. Worse, an EMP event negates the need as there will be no media/Web platform for dissenting views and swaying anyone in the first place.)
h) An official investigation;
(Also a post event item, and again in this case, no need, as there is no way to get the ‘report’ out to anyone.)
i) prior knowledge.
(also post event.)
I will add one more thing, also from my reluctant resource. Any such actual detonation of a device will leave a fingerprint. Nuclear devices put out radiation signatures which can identify the maker of the device. In like manner, it is impossible to launch a missile from that part of the World without it being detected, and tracked. Indeed, a false flag missile would be detected. Many countries around the globe have the technical ability to monitor these fingerprints.
However, ONLY those in power (and their agents who run the equipment employed) in those countries are the ones who would know the truth. You would think it represents a de facto attack on their country to one degree or another, given the release of radiation. Regardless, given that most such countries are Globalist controlled (e.g., the European Community) or otherwise U.S. allies, even to include Russia — you cannot depend on their honesty.
They will likely say ‘Yup, N. Korea did it!’ Others, like China, may say ‘Not possible! It was a U.S. device.’ The number and nature of opposing nations will determine the degree of plausible deniability at home and abroad. A few dissenting nations known to be less than friendly toward America will be dismissed easily. But if any neutral (watch South America) countries concur, then you will see a magic bullet explantion offered to counter; scientific mumbo jumbo to discredit or counter such claims. But here, no one will hear any of those arguments, so who cares what others are saying?
How to prepare for EMP attack?
What can you do to preempt, or prepare?
Preempting such a false flag event is easy: just spread the word. Share this post, replicate it, make it viral, and so forth. Kick Sheeple in the butt and wake them up, teach them to use their brain, and make disciple activist of them if you can. If we can get 200,000 posts revealing it a false flag out there, they are less likely to feel safe in fostering it.
Preparation is easy enough, but tactically difficult in many cases, and costly. There are several areas of concern, most of which can be usefully addressed with some effort and or money, but some defy good solution for many of us:
There will be total loss of electrical power, and it will be long-term. A good portable gasoline-driven generator will become worth its weight in Gold. But because gas stations will not be able to pump gas until they can establish their own generators, you will also need a goodly supply. Because it is not particularly safe to store a lot of gasoline in the garage, an Oil furnace tank becomes the better solution. The generator should be stored in a well shielded location, or covered with a metallic ‘blanket,’ or grounded mesh. You should have spare fuses and circuit breakers for every such item in your home.
There will be serious interruptions in the flow of food, water, and all goods. Even when goods can be found, most key items will be seized by FEMA. The price will be sky high an anything you can find as it will all revert to black markets, though FEMA and authorities will eventually use deadly force to attempt remedy. The first interruption could last for many months. So a good Emergency Kit of critical items and supplies is very valuable. The ability to quickly become self reliant (e.g., like a farmer) may make a significant difference in the ability to long survive. Rainwater collection may be appropriate, and despite alarmist concerns about radiation levels, it will remain safe. Regardless, plan on distilling all water prior to consumption, because water can only be stored for so long before things tend to start growing in the containers.
Transportation will be almost non existent. Any vehicle in operation at the time of the attack, and many newer (computerized) vehicles not in operation may no longer run, requiring replacement of many components before they will run (generators, alternators, various computer components, sensors, controls, switches, etc.) So now you know what spare parts to stockpile in a heavily shielded storage. Those few that do run will quickly become highly sought targets for theft. Vehicle security will take on a whole new definition and importance.
No single existing security scheme will seem adequate, and one may need to be willing to run over or shoot people trying to hijack you when traveling. Having at least one vehicle at all times not in operation, and of older technology with lots of spare parts in hand. Don’t forget windshield wiper and heater fan motors, and multiple sets of spare tires, as well, because tires will become targets for disabling a working vehicle. Have bicycles, scooters, and other alternatives available, too — but travel only in the case of dire need, or be prepared to defend yourself in the effort.
Computers, radio gear, and other digital systems not shielded from EMP are at significant risk. Those in operation will surely die, those not in operation and not well shielded may die. Walkie talkies, short wave radios, and computers, digital cameras, infrared goggles, and other critical devices should be placed in an Emergency Kit and the kit should be well shielded. A Farady cage (e.g., chicken coup wire mesh, or better), with a grounding wire, is best, but even just wrapping in aluminum foil may be sufficient, especially if stored beneath layers of buildig structure, such as in a basement. Of course, a TON of rechargeable batteries are in order with rechargers for use with the gas generator.
There will be rampant criminality: those caught without preparation will not see relief from FEMA or the Military early enough to prevent a ‘survival of the fittest’ mentality from taking over. If you have food, water, a generator, or a working vehicle, YOU BECOME A TARGET. You will need to be well armed and have security provisions in place against assaults on your home or your person when you travel. It will be in the best interests of the military to let things go crazy… to let people use up their ammunition and grow desperate for survival goods so that when they do come to help, we will be willing to cooperate in any way they demand, including forfeiture of our guns and other properties, accepting a new Constitution, and so forth.
No immediate help, not even from the military. Even if they wanted to help, they will be quite preoccupied in a war with N. Korea, and likely, Red China. We will hear only rumors, of course, because radio, TV, and the WWW will be none existent. That’s why helping to establish Web Walker, now NNN OSP (the Nodular Netizen Network Open Source Project — a 100% citizen-owned and operated wireless network which is operable even in disaster) may be of great value. NNN will also be useful against Web 2.0. When Internet services are reestablished (outside of Web Walker), they will be VERY government friendly; no politically correct sites will be found, only government approved information and globalist firms, and all Web data will be transparent and readable by the intelligence agencies at will. Support NNN OSP!
This is a bleak picture. Ask yourself, if FEMA was really there to prevent disaster and help in times of disaster, would there not be some such advice as this coming from them? No. The Globalists need a catalyst to propel them into power. It is not in their best interests to protect you from such chaos, or warn you of the risks and protections you can effect yourself.
They need to destroy the country if they are to advance to the next stage… and to insure you are without guns when they do — or at least out of ammunition. I hope you noticed there is a shortage of ammunition right now, in part because DHS has ordered 1.4 billion rounds in Satanic quantities for (?).
- FBI Created 17 False Flag Terrorist Attacks (adask.wordpress.com)
- The Art of Catching Government False Flags in Real Time (activistpost.com)
A simple look at history, and I can’t believe no one else has discovered this primal cause of war. While Horace Greely’s sense of direction advised to go West, warriors head elsewhere.by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
What you will learn reading this post…
- The nature of official reasons given for war, and the forces behind them;
- That those reasons have nothing to do with the real cause of war;
- That a sense of direction is the true culprit, as shown by countless examples;
- That the mechanism is metaphysical (Satanic), or perhaps geophysical — Mother Earth.
Why do nations go to war?
The usually cited reasons for war
Historians tell us that wars were originally fought to acquire territory for their resources, including people, commonly used as slaves or to fuel economies with tribute or pillage. As societies developed more sophisticated cultures, religious and political doctrinal differences were often sufficient enough to spark wars. As Ferris Bueller once said while talking to the mirror, “Ism’s, in my opinion, are not good. A person should not believe in an ‘ism,’ he should believe in himself.”
But we live now in modern times, and it seems that recently we have wholly different problems which have caused us to start to go back to war for resources, once more. Wars to control oil, control illicit drug trade, even to control money supplies. Imagine that; corporate war, banking war. As many people are pointing out, most of the last few wars and especially the ones forecast against North Korea and Iran… are against the last few countries on Earth without a Central Bank controlled by the Rothchildes and their Globalist, Power Elite friends, the 1%.
Banking manipulation was, after all, a key part of the original Illuminati plan, its roots in Scottish Free Masonry, to establish what they themselves secretly called the New World Order, the very model of Fascism. Their end goal was a one-World government (ergo, Globalism), that they might seat the Antichrist. Another key part, as pointed out in the Masonic Bible by its Satanist author, Albert Pike, was to get all three splinter faiths of the one true God, the God of Abraham, to war with each other that all those other ism’s Ferris takes objection to, might flourish; the old Divide and Conquer.
This was amplified by the inventing whole new isms which at their core were Satanic in intent; whole new religions and other belief structures upon which to ‘guide’ men’s hearts and minds, including things just for the Power Elite, like eugenics (racial population control), sustainability via Agenda 21 (control of everything, everybody, every place), and Carbon-based monetary systems (control of controls). The rest of us suffer the consequences while fighting in deliberate distractions over any partisan topic a Politician can think of to infuriate a good chunk of us, and about esoteric and philosophical pablum in minutuia.
In support of all this, the U.S. military, like all militaries we might suppose, is lead by men who are quite often Satanists, and/or members of the moderen-day Illuminati groups which generally fly the banner of Globalism. They have two oaths, the one to their country which they undertake as a lie and which becomes a pretext for select acts of office, those acts taken to fulfill their other oath or affirmations of loyalty to the Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations, Rhodes Scholar Fellows, or other groups evolved with Masonic constructs/principles (e.g., Skull and Bones, Knights of Malta), and so forth. Traitors.
Specifically, and perhaps to cover for any machinations which might be deemed objectionable if observed in full context of the above, the illumined at the Department of Defense have more recently redefined themselves with something called RMA, The Revolution in Military Affairs. Intended to ‘modernize’ the thinking of military planners, they have totally redefined war making to be more in line with the Illuminati plan. That’s not how they would choose to describe it, but how it works out. Part of that was to create whole new sets of and names for types of wars, including wars fought invisibly and without declaration. The most troubling of all, to me, was the People’s War, a war with “Constitutionalists, patriots, the disenfranchised, and poor.” Excuse me?
That can’t be very good for you or me, and underscores what I said about oaths, and then of course, there is the military’s Shoot Americans Questionnaire, and more. The People’s War is, perhaps, unique in another way. They also defined something called the Military-Politico Force Matrix, an array of options involving all manner of forces which can be applied by politicians (Police and the courts, law) and military commanders (lethal and non lethal) against the enemy (you and me) to maintain political control. Non lethal includes psyops, disinformation via media manipulation, and other forms of Political Control Technology, aka mind control, much of which originates from outside of military quarters (e.g., Media and other government agencies… intending to mean Media IS a de facto government agency, what some call the Fourth Estate or Branch).
The upshot is, that the People’s War is not just a possible shooting war through revolution or coupe sponsored conflict born of Martial Law, but also, a silent invisible war, a psychological war, a cyberwar. Well, I can suggest a cure for some of that. Note: that link requires a password for full access at this time, but it will soon be lifted. It is a 100% citizen owned and operated alternative to the WWW; no government or corporations or ISP (or monthly access or use fee) required.
But here’s the thing: in all of this described above, we have what constitutes the obvious and perhaps some lesser known causes for war, and the thinking which drives them. But I’ve learned something new: none of that looks at the true cause of war and what drives the thinking used in a presumed logical and unknowing pretext. The real answer will at first seem nonsensical, but History proves it out, if you will please bear with me…
Will korea declare war on America?
Here is the real reason for going to war
The above reasons are mere logical but flawed deductions made by men incapable of seeing the simple truth. Their point of view was constrained within a box of their own making. The real truth, it seems, is very planet itself fosters wars. Once I explain it, one might be tempted to see it as some geomagnetics-based self-defense mechanism to get rid of the parasite that are destroying its ecology: Mankind. War, we might be tempted to presuppose, is the result of a virus injected into our minds by the Earths magnetic core. But don’t forget… Satan was condemned to be in the Earth and to have charge, there, his domain being Hell. Have not we heard that “War is Hell?” I suspect that geomagnetics are, at best, mere tools he employs.
Regardless of which it is, or both, the simple fact no one has yet discovered is that Wars are not fostered by isms or any of the other reasons we give ourselves, but by they Earth’s rotation and the rotation of the Earth’s inner core, which establishes the magnetic fields which causes a Compass needle to point Northward. Think of it this way. A Compass is used to tell you which way to go. It points North. Want good things? Go North. Peace? Go North.
But man’s sinful self does not that which it should, and Satan guides us the opposite direction: South. Wars are fought to go South! Below, I make the case that almost always, a nation in the North is the aggressor against a nation to their South. Perhaps this weird mojo is why some military units, CIA, and the Masons are so fond of using the Compass Rose as logo or emblem, or why so many Globalist corporations employ it as part of their Logo, or use an actual or stylized globe. I’m convinced the Earth itself is quite central to Satanic Illuminati plans in a very real, physical and metaphysical way.
Silly? Are you so sure? Look at which nation initiates combat, or applies untenable pressures which spark war, and their geographic relationships. I’m saying to keep in mind that wars are sometimes declared because the other side engineered the need (a Southern power might fire the first shot because a Northern Power forced them by other forms of aggression, deceits, or perceived wrongdoing). Of more importance, is that you may need to travel East or West in order to find the enemy which also lies… to the SOUTH:
What do all wars have in common?
The Direction of War is Southward
North Korea tried to take over South Korea, and still wishes to do so;
North Vietnam took over South Vietnam;
Our own Civil War was the North seeking to control the South, though the South fired the first shot;
The Vikings attacked points South to include England, coastal Europe;
The Scotts and Irish revolted against rule from London to their South;
Basqu Spaniards (and others) in the North of Spain revolted against rule from the South;
A civil war (the Fronde) in France involved the Conde province in the North against the Tourin in the South;
The Congo Crisis (civil war) saw Rebels in the North rise up against the South;
Note: According to Wikipedia, there have been many, many civil wars, for the bulk of which maps and ‘sides’ are not geographically stated (because of general revolt nation-wide, or it is simply not described in available information/maps). However, in every case I was able to find depiction, it was North against South.
The actions of Britain to our North sparked the American Revolution;
America was forced into a series of additional wars with Great Britain;
Britain declared war on Argentina, a whole hemisphere to its South;
Iraq declared war on Iran to its South;
Iraq then declared war on Kuwait to its South;
Russia declared war on Afghanistan, to its South;
Afghanistan is also Southerly to our seat of power;
The Halls of Montezuma and the Shores of Tripoli (Libya), to our South, once you get to the Mediterranean;
The Spanish American War was principally fought against Caribbean holdings to our South;
We went to war with Mexico;
Texas went war with Mexico;
We’ve more recently attacked Haiti, Grenada, The Dominican Republic, and Panama;
CIA has involved us in countless Central American revolutions;
England had numerous wars with France, to its South, generally called the 100 Years War;
England had two wars with Spain, to its South;
France went to war with Spain, to its South;
France warred with American Colonists from Canada while we were under British rule;
England, Prussia, Russia, Austria, and Sweden declared war on Napolean, to their South;
Napolean declared war on Spain and Portugal to his South;
All of Alexander The Great’s campaigns were essentially to his South, though the worst forces he faced (Persian Empire) required him to battle Eastward, as well, once he had gone South;
The Great Wall was built against the barbarians of Siberia to China’s North;
The Dynasties of China were warlords seeking control of vast regions, the earliest originating in the North and commonly consolidating Southward in a series of repetitious efforts;
The Communist revolution in China originated in the North and spread South;
Red China vows to war with Taiwan to its South, the last vestage of the old Republic of China;
Russia’s growth has always had a focus to the South (some three dozen provinces, the ‘stans’ near Afghanistan);
Even Russia’s expansion toward Europe was as much Southerly as Westward;
South American nations were formed by militant colonization which moved Southward along its coastlines from European sources;
African nations were similarly formed Southerly along their Western Coast by such colonization, as well as Southward from the Mediterranean shores;
What is the history of Indian wars?
What about American Indian Wars?
The territorial growth of America was first Southward along the Atlantic Seaboard. And as it moved Westward, it was more so at the Northernmost regions, and from there Southward again. Call it a Southwest movement, if you wish. Indian wars were sparked here and there for various reasons and at various times, and yet, there are some patterns which emerged after initial colonization, which generally followed in sets of Southerly evolving wars, then Westerly for the next Southerly set:
The Tuscarora war in North Carolina was followed by the Yamasee War in South Carolina;
The Pontiac War in Northern Ohio River Territory was followed by Lord Dunmore’s War in Southern Ohio River Territory;
The Tippecanoe battle in Indiana was followed by the Creek War in Georgia and Alabama, and the first Seminole War in Florida;
The Black Hawk War in Illinois and Wisconsin followed by the second War with the Seminole in Florida, and the Navajo in Arizona and New Mexico;
The Sioux Wars traveled Westward as their Nation was pushed off their lands, but originated in the Dakotas and Michigan and ended in Wyoming to the South;
The Apache War was in Arizona and New Mexico, and moved Southerly into Texas and across the border to Mexico;
The Rogue River War in Oregon was followed by yet another Seminole War in Florida;
There were only a few sporadic uprisings after that. We all should be ashamed who are not Red Men, for our country is based on broken treaties and lies, and stolen lands. Their noble pride and heritage holds many lessons for us, not the least of which is that being South of a major power is not a very good sign for prolonged peace.
The Roman Empire is a wonderful example
The Roman Empire was made using the Appian Way, which led South against other nation states of the Italian Pennensula, and allowed consolidation of all of Italy;
Rome expanded through Slovenia and marched South through the many States bordering the Adriatic Sea, to Greece;
It then battled Southward to Turkey and beyond, to the Middle East and Persia, itself;
It used Roman sea power to control the entire Northern rim of the African Continent to its South;
The Huns (Germanic peoples) continually attacked the Roman Empire to their South;
The Gauls (France) attacked Rome, to its South;
Hannibal’s Elephants attacked Rome from the Alps, going South;
After defeat of Gaul, the Empire moved South to what became Spain and Portugaul;
The only time it truly moved North was into Britain and in eventual defeat of the Huns.
What are the similarities between WWI and WWII?
World Wars I and II are more complex, but still follow the pattern
When nations have mutual defense agreements, what happens after the first attack may not seem to fit the pattern, but more often than not, it still does — as if by unseen design; what I’m claiming is in play. WW II was almost an exact replay of WW I in many ways:
In WW I, Austria and Hungary declared war on Serbia, to their South, while in WW II Germany annexed Austria, to its South, and declared war on Poland, to its South;
In WW I, Russia sided with Serbia and attacked Austria and Hungary to their South, while in WW II, Germany declared war on Communist Russia, being forced into it, from their viewpoint. The first attacks drove South to capture Russian oil fields, and East to the Capitol;
In WW I, Russian involvement also forced Germany to war with Russia, and they then also declare war on France to their South;
In both WW I and II, Germany has to march through Belgium to get at France with tactical usefulness, and in response, England declared war both times on Germany, to its South;
The whole Serbian thing in WW I was tied to the old Turkish empire (Ottoman), so Russia, Britain, and France declared war on Turkey to their South;
Note: The two exceptions would seem to be Japan and America, both of whom lay South of Germany, who respond out of alliances to Britain in both wars, and in WW II, Germany declared war on all of Scandinavia, to its North, deemed a tactical advantage to prosecute war with both Russia and England, from whence it could then launch attacks to Scandinavia’s South. In the end, of course, Russia, to our North, became our Cold War enemy.
In WW II, Hitler soon allied with fellow Fascist, Mussolini, and war was launched by the Axis partners against all points South in the manner of the old Roman Empire, described earlier;
Later, Hitler essentially annexed Italy, to his South;
Japan in WW II deserves its own study:
Japan had its own war going while Hitler was coming to power.
It invaded Korea, which lay at the Southern tip of Japan, which sparked a campaign which required conquest of Manchuria;
From there they went South into other parts of China;
From there, further South into the bulk of Southeast Asia — Burma, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, etc.
From there, Southward again to all of Malaysia and the rest of Indochina, the countless islands including the Philippines;
They then attacked Hawaii, which is South of Japan, and America was brought into the war, along with the rest of our allies.
Is there a way to predict wars?
Are there ANY exceptions to Wars aligned to Southward interests?
I’m sure my review is not exhaustive, as there are many more wars of lesser note, or I may have missed a major one in my attempt at casual review (a full-day’s Web search). But there were three interesting exceptions I did find.
One was Genghis Khan. His Empire can be described as expansion in purely East and West directions, save the annexation of Siberia to his North without a battle. Most of the territory in early expansion was, however, a mere unification of the various clans of Mongols under a single leader. Then a whole series of Buddhist ruled States to his West overthrew their existing rulers and ‘joined’ him without need for Battle, save some tactical helps. He was done, he thought, having achieved more than he had set out to do.
He arranged for peaceful trade with points further West, but fate was not to allow it. He was dealt with deceitfully and his caravans of merchants were murdered and their goods stolen by Persian Sultanates. In response, he conquered them and entered the steps of Europe and the decayed throws of the Roman Empire, where he was able to finally rest. While feared as an evil conqueror in the far West, in all of Mongolia and in peacefully acquired territories, he was revered as a wise and beloved leader, even to this day.
The second was the Ottoman Empire, which was essentially nothing more than a reversal of fortunes of the Roman Empire. As Rome crumbled, the Ottomans pushed at their weak points and seized almost all of the same territories they had held, warring mostly Westward along the Northern shores of Africa, and Northward and Westward into Europe. Turn about, it seems, was only fair play. One might argue, perhaps, that it was simply the end of the same war.
The third Empire followed the same exact pattern as the Ottomans, and even beat them to the punch, after a fashion: Christianity. Early Christianity mirrored and even forshadowed the Ottoman’s gains, and once establishing itself in Rome, would eventually become the Catholic Church we know today, which spread throughout the World from Rome and New World colonization.
But in what followed, the pattern of attacking North to South would continue — and not just by following in free-ride fashion the Southerly patterns of colonization already earlier spoken of for North and South America, and Africa. It has to do with the fact that the Roman Catholic Church was self corrupting…
As result it sponsored the so-called Holy Crusades against ‘heathens’ in Holy Lands to its South, sending in the Knights, including the Pope’s own Knights Templar;
The Knights Templar, at war end, established strongholds in Spain, and other points to the North, from where they revolted against Rome, to their South — at least in a manner of speaking; corrupted to Satanic practices acquired on the Crusades (along with their tremendous wealth). They were destroyed, but many escaped with their wealth into hiding;
Martin Luther sparked the first protest of Church corruption from Germany, in the North, forming the Lutheran Church, from which all Protestant churches evolved;
The King of England (also from the North) revolted to form the Anglican Church of England, a trigger of the Spanish Armada invasion already mentioned, in the name of the Pope (and a desire for wealth and power);
These affairs led to the Thirty Years War between Protestant countries and those remaining loyal to the Church; a vastly North (27 flags) against South (6 flags) relationship except one additional flag on each side in reverse manner);
The Templars ‘hid out’ until infecting the Mason’s Guild, later taking it over as Free Masons, from whence the Scottish branches in the North spawned the Illuminati, bringing us full circle by starting their campaign against European nations to their South.
How many wars has America fought?
North Korea can’t help it. And if you accept the premise I’ve offered, it makes perfect sense, but not for any reasons their leadership may believe to be true, or the political rhetoric we hear on the news. It is, therefore, quite inevitable. If you want to know where the next wars will be, judge not just political context and rhetoric, or mere intelligence data… but also, where in the World they are.
Let’s see where both sets of such clues overlap: Iran is rather to our South, and certainly South of our European allies, and Saudi Arabia is even more so. Iran will require a war, but Arabia can be taken over by revolt, per the Libyan and Syrian models, taking the Emirates with them as bonus. Then we control the whole of the Middle East Oil Supply, and our friends in Israel can stop worrying about the Islamic Bomb (or so they think, for there surely will eventually be an “abomination which maketh desolate” set up against them).
Cuba is to our South, still, though they’ve politically moved Northward of late by cooperating with the U.S. in the return of fugitives and kidnapped children. Castro retired, long live the new Castro, unless the Power Elite wish otherwise, of course. And if we did war with Cuba, while we are down there, we might as well fix the problems in Haiti and the Dominican Republic. That will insure all the Banana Republics (and their dictators we helped install) give us full cooperation when we look their way — not to mention South American Countries, given the Big Stick mentality, and all.
More to the point, it would eliminate the last vestages of Communism and Cold War enemies, save Red China. However, China is due West at almost all points with America. So, despite the belief expressed by their top General that war with America is inevitable (because they think we are a war-like hegemonic State — which we are)… I don’t think so. At least nothing like any war we have been talking about. And why should there be such a war, when Mr. Sorento keeps giving away our country away to China as collateral or we sell it to them one corporation at a time?
Besides. That country is headed towards its own revolution… just like we are. Who knows, perhaps it will be a Global revolution and the Globalists and North vs. South causes will all just go away and leave us alone for awhile… in the best of all possible outcomes. Now, that would leave the Illuminati 1% to go fish. And I know of just the boat for them; the Titanic II.
Bon voyage, and don’t come back.
- People & Power – America’s War Games (globalelite.tv)
You are being indoctrinated and conditioned to accept the Orwellian nightmare. Cancel that. You have been, and here is how.by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
How can you spot psyops on television? Easy. Just turn it on!
Update: April 20, 2013 Made correction to heading numbering, and to add this commentary based on media coverage of the Boston Marathon bombing:
Hillary Clinton’s worries about loosing the information war to the Internet were most clearly mandated in the Sandy Hook matter when manipulated media was never more obvious. They made so many mistakes in presenting ‘facts’ that it is no wonder that conspiracy theories were popping up faster than for JFK’s murder.
Then came the Boston attack by two Brothers, and it is suddenly a 180 degree shift, almost as if CBS, the only network I was able to observe (but perhaps others) had actually read this blog page and fixed everything I’ve cited, as well as repaired the flawed methods employed in Sandy Hook for getting out the official falsehoods. No more conflicting facts, replaced instead on continual source checking and self correction, and plenty of differentiation between solid sources and conjecture.
They also dumped the psyops special viewing effects described herein, making it very possible for the most dumbed down of us to follow along and not get confused. It was 1950’s quality newscasts, all over again, but in living color. If all of media would follow this model, and do their job to question questionable government reports, there would be no reason for we conspiracy theorists (their term for questioning contradictions in what we are told) to worry the likes of Clinton.
This does not, of course, prove there was no false flag event involved, or a broader conspiracy yet to be uncovered, but the point is, there is no set of conflicting statements to fuel speculation of any such conspiracy. I don’t see conspiracy being the case, though there are some things which bother me about the affair which I’ll save for another blog well after the dust has settled.
I’d like to offer three cheers to all of law enforcement at all levels for a hard-won effort, and to media for doing their job the way they are supposed to, per the best tenants of Journalism. Keep it up, and you can put people like me out of business, and me happier for it! End of update.
Was the Boston Marathon bombing false flag?
What you will learn reading this blog:
• Documented CIA and similar covert media psyops programs have been run on us as far back as 1914, and likely, before;
• Media disinfo and conditioning is a form of Political Control Technology, a polite term for mind control;
• TV programming is designed to make us fearful enough to accept military rule and violation of Constitutional rights;
• TV news employs psyops science in visual presentation as a key tool for dumbing down;
• TV ‘entertainment’ is often a dumbing down tool and/or conditions us for dark things to come;
• One small group controls and insures that school textbooks jump-start young people toward the dumbed-down state.
Can TV be used in mind control? Yes!
In defense of Television executives, media moguls, and producers everywhere, they have largely been duped into cooperating in TV psyops unknowingly… well, yes there are quite a few very eager to go along, too. After all, Fascists exist in every industry sector, especially when the New World Order crowd deems media control a priority; one of the key steps in the Illuminait’s original 1776 plan to establish a New World Order (they coined the phrase); a long-term plan to establish a one-World government that they might seat the Antichrist.
But here and now in contemporary times, the tools of psyops are all powerful, and the Illuminati would seem well and alive in the Globalist ’round table’ enclaves such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderbergers, the Skull and Bones, Rhodes Scholarships, and on and on. But we are talking here about their operatives, not their leadership; the ones who effect psyops in support of such agenda.
That means we are talking about CIA, military, and military-industrial-complex infiltration and manipulation of media, which is why in my books on abuse of power by and crimes of the New World Order, I call it the Military Industrial Intelligence Media Complex (MIIM). We start this examination by going back a little bit in time, as what has come before has been in building block fashion…
Does the military industrial complex use psyops to make us want a war? Yes!
Stage 1: Operation Mockingbird
Actually, stage 1 predated Mockingbird, and yet was its archetype. It took place pre WWI, when the Powder Interests (arms industry, predecessors to the military industrial complex) bought control of 26 newspapers to change public opinion about entering into the war.Note of whimpering: I would normally send you to a link at my own Web site with the full Congressional Record proof of the matter, but the IRS has effectively shut down my income producing sites leaving me to live on about $530 a month after paying them $150 against some $6,000 of the National Debt seemingly engineered for the purpose. So the link illustrating the matter will take you elsewhere. Any contributions via PayPal using proparanoid at century link net would help put me back online. End of whimpering, for now.
America was, at the time, quite Pacifist in view, until the bought media began reporting in unison the lie that German soldiers were regularly raping and then cutting off the breasts of Belgium women, especially Nuns. That, and like reported crimes never happened, at least not as claimed, though you still find citations that it did based on the original reports even today. Post war research verifies NO SUCH CLAIMS.
There was one oft cited incident as ‘proof’ of such. The victim was not a Nun, as reported by a Belgian soldier’s commentaries published in a book by the American Defense Society in 1918. That group was formed in 1915 with ex military, arms merchants, and others and was quite militant, led by non other than Theodore Roosevelt, who had lost the 1912 election against Pacifist Wilson. This was AFTER media reports about the atrocities and seems an attempt to ‘prove’ the matter after the fact. They hardly needed bother, as anyone who questioned such reports was decried as un-American, unpatriotic, and a Socialist traitor. ADS believed in enforcing Sedition policies (criticizing or questioning government was treated as a crime).
Such tactics changed our mood as a nation. So when they also illegally secreted munitions aboard the cargo holds of the Luxury Liner RMS Lucitania, and then let the Germans know about it… the Germans did the predictable thing and sank the ship, sparking enough outrage that we finally went to war. Now, while we are wanting to talk TV, here, and a bit perhaps about the film industry, closely related — what they learned in 1917 would apply once TV had gotten its foothold in the American landscape.
The National Security Act of 1947 saw the birth of CIA, Department of Defence, the National Security Council, and all resulting sins, including mind control projects. The lesser known story, as revealed in my book set, Fatal Rebirth, is that the Act was sponsored by the evolving Powder Industry, as well. In fact, they threatened to establish a civilian operated equivalent of CIA if Truman did not move Congress to do so.
As it happens, a relative on my Wife’s side was right in the middle of that, serving both directly in the Truman White House as State Department liaison, and later, a like role for the Secretary of Defense. I had access to a trunk load of his papers going back to WWI, where he was Army Intelligence. ‘Uncle’ George Bernard Nobel was also a Rhodes Scholar who later helped establish Pacific Rim Globalist round table groups while professor at Reed College, to whom we donated his papers — save the WWII code books disguised as Masonic lodge codebooks (a different one every 90 days), which I retained.
One of the earliest projects undertaken by CIA, of course, was to attack United States citizenry with the same exact covert war tools it would later apply against other countries they wanted to topple: disinformation through media infiltration and control. Called Operation Mockingbird, CIA put thousands of agents to work in all forms of news media, and bribed or intimidated, blackmailed, or misled legitimate reporters, producers, and moguls to cooperate. Don’t take my word for it, it, too, is in the Congressional Record.
It continues today in many ways, though Mockingbird was ‘discontinued,’ after it was revealed in the 1970s through Congressional investigation… after nearly 30 years of disinformation damage. One early example of particular note close to my heart was the coining of the phrase ‘conspiracy theorist’ by ex Army intelligence officer, Walter Cronkite. This was used to discredit and quell the many questions arising in the public’s mind over ties between JFK’s murder and CIA and the military, and the Mob partnership behind the plot, as eventually proven in courtroom testimony by ex CIA Agents involved (Hunt vs. Liberty Lobby).
Another close to my heart was the deliberate and methodical placement of jokes in comedy shows regarding tin foil hats (continues today there, and on the Web), implying anyone/anything relating to the possibility of mind control was ‘loony.’ In truth, the joke were sparked because a particular man in NYC entered a Police Precinct wearing a tin foil hat claiming he was being mind controlled by CIA experiments.
Totally ignored and shoved out the door with suggestions he see a shrink, his body was later found… minus tin foil hat, where there were dozens of electrodes implanted in his brain. This made the newspapers, and within weeks TV sitcoms began having jokes about tin foil hats here, there, and everywhere. There is no Web link regarding that unfortunate victim’s news accounts now that my sites are shut down, but I have also documented it in my book, MC Realities.
Here is another look at Mockingbird by one of America’s last true investigative journalists, Carl Bernstien, of Watergate fame. But the important part is that television played an important role in early Mockingbird, a role which would eventually prove key to getting Bush and Nixon into the White House, the start of the Bush Dynasty. That, and CIA ‘adapted’ software used to ‘count’ votes in America (the book Votescam, by James and Kenneth Collier, is a good place to review, the very first chapter).
How does TV dumb us down?
Stage 2: Indoctrination to set you up
Coincidental with Mockingbird was infiltration of Hollywood and TV programming with propaganda which continues at a heightened pace, today. I’m talking about the early use of documentary-style portrayals of real-world, and later, fictional events involving ‘white hat’ Agencies. The first of note was I Led Three Lives, a dramatization of the true-life story of an advertising executive who was actually a covert undercover FBI double agent within the Communist Party, where he was involved in aiding and yet subverting plots to overthrow the United States. It taught us to fear the Reds all over again after McCarthyism. Then came FBI, staring Efram Zimbalist, Jr., which overtly went after the Communists as well as bank robbers, kidnappers, and other nasties — in an America where the only car maker was apparently Ford, as the streets were filled with the sponsor’s product; an early product placement strategy where even the bad guys drove them.
The purpose of these shows was: a) to make you glad we had such agencies by; b) portraying evil everywhere, and c) always getting the best of the bad guys by being good guys, upright, moral, and always operating legally. It worked. I loved those shows as a kid, as did my parents. As consequence, a whole generation of young grew up wanting to join the FBI, CIA, Police, and so forth. CIA had shows like Robert Culp/Bill Cosby (in a serious role!) in I Spy and Patrick McGoohan as Secret Agent, not to mention The Man From U.N.C.L.E. (a secret United Nations version of CIA that taught us to trust the U.N. to watch out for us) and interest in law enforcement was fueled by endless Cop shows, of which there were so many over the years as to be pointless in naming, except perhaps for Jack Webb’s Dragnet, and Broderick Crawford’s Highway Patrol, two of the earliest successes.
Fast forward to recent times, and they’ve refined the tactic to condition us to military dominion. But also with a mental switch being thrown… as they now want us to think that its OK for the good guys to not be so legally upright. You know… ‘the ends justifies the means’ thinking (a Fascist’s motto). It started with shows like JAG (Judge Advocate General), where the military justice and investigation system was quite well presented that we should think it as good as civilian justice, coincidentally more or less synchronous with A Few Good Men, a major motion picture equivalent with Jack Nicholson and Tom Cruise. Well, they at least obeyed military law and procedure, but the next wave was a bit more ‘loose’ about it, spin offs from JAG, mostly.
That would be NCIS and a flood of sister/spinoff/parent shows where you are guaranteed in each and every episode to see someone’s privacy illegally invaded at the touch of a computer or other act (but it is OK, it is the military/government, after all, and they would certainly watch out for us innocent folks who have nothing to hide, right? Besides, the bad guys don’t deserve the same treatment as we would want for ourselves, do they?) Rights should be contingent upon government’s judgment, we are to believe, and they seem pretty free to make instant judgements in these shows… “Already done, Boss,” as McGee (Sean Murry) says so frequently in NCIS.Note: Indeed this is exactly what the Constitution of the NewStates of America spells out. The document is intended to replace the current Constitution after Martial Law and military rule, according to former Naval Intelligence Officer, William Cooper, who discovered the document had been prepared at a cost of $25 million by a NWO think tank. In Fatal Rebirth, the entire document is analyzed verse by verse to reveal that there are no guaranteed rights. All are conditional, and all are subject to retroactive cancellation, and more than one authority may so decree. Anyone may be ruled an enemy of the State at any time for any reason.
Such shows also tend to have advanced alien-caliber technological capabilities which work instantaneously to provide, in the nick of time for both the plot and the next commercial break, the critical evidence. This aspect is also present in many of the crime fighting counterparts such as Numbers (where they in each show attempt to present, but I have yet to see, a scientifically correct presentation of their questionable methodology), Profiler (gets us used to the idea that profiling, normally a negative term, is a bit like pre-crime thought police, and a good thing — we need more cops on our streets, and a few more in our heads), CSI, and so forth, proving to us Citizens that we ought be good and fully obedient, because like Santa, the cops and the Federales can always find out who’s’ naughty and nice, no matter what. Obey, or they will get you.
The truth is, though you may yet still doubt it, you are being set up for military control. More on that notion in the summary. And yet, it is a double whammy, because everything the TV moguls have learned about how TV can be used to manipulate you for the purposes outlined, can also be applied in marketing to boost advertiser sales. So while you are being dumbed down and set up, you are also being convinced you need (everything). So don’t just obey, but also, order yours today, and be sure to borrow heavily to do it! Remember, debt is the ultimate form of non violent control, and the last thing you want is to force them to resort to violence (which is inevitable, anyway, because they have to get the guns, you know – another reason for needing to stage an event worthy of Martial Law).
Does news deliberately dumb us down? Absolutely!
Stage 3: News Manipulation to dumb you down
We will talk about a number of things here, and a bit later, we will look at some specific technical methods employed. This section sets the stage. I’d send you to my Web site for the 25 Rules of Disinformation, all of which are easy to see illustrated in news in general. But I can’t (still whimpering and hoping for your kind contribution), so here is one of the many dozens of sites which have reproduced it, my most popular piece ever, with many tens of millions of downloads. You will find that each ploy is used on you every day, either directly by media, or by those they are interviewing without doing their job of asking hard questions when things don’t make sense as result of the ploy(s) elected.
So when they tell us there were four pistols ONLY found in Sandy Hook, and the Rifle was locked in the car, but all the kids were shot with a Bushmaster, and moreover, virtually every round fired by the 3,000 foot per second high powered bullets not only hit a target (almost no misses), but also stayed in the bodies… we tend to accept it as ‘factual.’ No wonder there are so many conspiracy theories afoot about that, and other news stories of our time. And this is proof of dumbing down, because more than half the people are NOT questioning the ‘facts,’ all effectively turned into Ozzian Scarecrows in search of a brain; straw-stuffed Sheeple.
Used to be, Newsmen listened to what sources were telling them, reported that, and when finding inconsistencies, pursued them until they had an answer, and told us that, too, wether it was a good or bad answer. They also used ‘redactions’ or other correction notices to update us when things became clearer. Now you get the official line, and on to the next story before you think something was amiss. Heaven forbid we should dare ask about the man behind the curtain.
Got a war? Imbed the journalists with psyops media warriors to insure news cameras see only what they are supposed to see, and report what is allowed to be reported (patriotic pro war). Those not willing to be embedded, get shot up by helicopter gunships and tanks just to make sure they might ought prefer to be embedded. And yet, there is even disinfo and psyops taking place in such friendly fire incidents…
Who is most often central to those reports? Reuters, an original CIA Operation Mockingbird front which was (at one time, at) owned outright by CIA, though you won’t find that in a Google Search (you used to be able to do so). It is listed in my books, and of course, at my sites (whimper). My favorite photograph (also at my Web site) is a news crew in Africa interviewing some Nigerians about terrorist activities in the region, and the guy holding the sound boom has a T-shirt which reads, “NOT CIA.” Really?
Which brings us to some more dumbing down/setting up. Remember that series of ‘bin Laden’ videos we kept seeing after 9-11 ‘obtained’ with messages for the World? If you are not afraid of terrorists, you won’t put up with oppressive Constitutionally neutering laws and atrocities by TSA, unconstitutional border checks 60 miles inland on highways not even going to the Border, and military gunships letting go with their Gattlings near your kid’s school. Internationally (but not in America), experts on bin Laden, on the Arabic language, and in governments far and wide were stating publicly on THEIR news that the videos were fake (eventually admitted to by CIA), not bin Laden, but a look-alike, and not saying what was claimed, at all.
Keep in mind every news outlet in America of any clout ALWAYS keeps tabs on what other nation’s media are talking about. That’s one way they learn about newsworthy events around the World, and about how other nation’s see events in America, which is often an element of the ongoing story, here. So it isn’t just experts in America they were deliberately ignoring, they were also pretending no one else in the World was talking about it. Deliberate psyops by concealment. That’s willful malfeasance, and as such disinformation has effectively cost American lives, makes them complicit in murder,should anyone wish to file a lawsuit.
But, thanks to the Internet, we eventually as a collective consciousness began to realize the tapes were phony, and we also began picking up on stories which revealed that the Iraqi troops bayonetting of babies in Kuwaiti hospitals in order to steal their incubators was, like the Belgium women’s breast story… an official CIA hoax. Now here is where we see yet another manipulation of media, this time the Internet. As recent as two years ago (last time I did it, anyway), you could find mainstream coverage on the Web of the revelation that this was a lie fostered by a Public Relations firm that is listed as a CIA front. Not now. Now you can only find blogger, Youtube, my closed Web site, and foreign media reports. One of the Rules of Disinformation is, after all, ‘If you don’t print it (or hide it, later), it didn’t happen.’
It was roughly in this time frame, in my opinion, that America began to realize that we hardly EVER got the truth from Washington, or for the matter, the Washington Post, New York Times, Time Magazine, CNN, MSNBC, ABC, et. al. The led to…
What is the information war? Disinformation at its finest.
Stage 4: The Information War
The information war was officially on between the Internet via outspoken activists, investigative writers, and indeed, conspiracy theorists who sought only the truth, and the MIIM complex and their minions of control, mainstream media. This was recently officially acknowledged in a recent remark to Congress by Hillary Clinton as Head of the U.S. State Department, obliquely referencing the Internet in and among a larger collective of ‘alternative media’:
“We are in an information war and we are loosing that war.”
Of course, you only got the sanitized version from the Washington Post and other mainstream outlets. They would have you believe she was only worried about foreign news networks such as Al Jazeera, and RT (Russian Television) News. Both of these outlets offer English speaking versions and are enjoying American viewing attention at up to 100 times greater than failing american media giants. And where are they getting all the attention? Not via TV sets, but the Internet, a little detail omitted in the telling of her story by those media giants.
But who can blame us for wanting to hear what other countries say when we find out our own country is lying to us? And I mean BIG TIME. Did you know the Pentagon knew the date of the Afghan invasion and was sending Colin Powel and top US Generals around to our allies to arrange for multinational support well before Sept. 11 attacks? What? You thought we only went to war when there was a just cause? Would it help you to know that Australian, Indian, UK, and Russian news sources were talking about this before Sept. 11 and wondering how we were going to justify war with a backward non technological country rich with oil, gas, and illegal drug growing operations?
Clearly, someone in the military knew in advance there was going to be a ‘Big Wedding’ (al Qaeda’s alleged codename for 9-11) event, and was sending out guest invitations. But American media dare not report that fact before the event, or you would realize 9-11 was an inside job. Truthers exist everywhere, as result of the endless conflicting facts, but are belittled by media in self defense; if they admitted the truth, they would be confessing complicity to a conspiracy to mass murder.
And yet they continue to loose ground, making it an urgent matter for the Globalsist to more quickly move toward Martial Law, because THAT will also enable…
Stage 5: Internet 3.0, the Kill Switch, and political censorship
Congress has repeatedly attempted to redefine the Internet towards political censorship, a matter which deserves its own blog, and indeed, many good articles already abound. Take a look at SOPA, PIPA, and CISPA, for instance (Congressional Bill nicknames). But if there is a Martial Law, the Web will be shut down, as will be phones, mail service, and radio/TV as we know it. The only communications allowed will be government to you, and mostly unpleasant in nature. Moreover, it will be illegal to criticize government publicly.
Eventually, services will be restored, but at that point, you will not be able to rely upon the Web for ANYTHING short of government and corporate approved content. A total Police State will have been achieved, and we will be dealing with the NewStates of America, which will move to form (as enabled by the new Constitution) the North American Union in support of the march to a one-World government, and the Antichrist’s End Game.
Fortunately, we are not there, yet. But they are preparing us for that day, conditioning us daily in our TV news feeds. And to help us get the right message, they use clever visual tricks to go with the information they want us to come away with (and minus that they are unwilling to reveal). That brings us to the most interesting section, in my view…
How does TV dumb us down?
The psyops science behind TV News
A seldom noticed tool for dumbing down is right in front of your eyes when watching modern network (and to a degree, local) news programs. It is the methodology (psyops science) of visual presentation. Compare today’s methods as we examine them to the image at page top from a 1968 newscast. Which one is likely to better insure your attention is focused on the words you hear and the key photos or moving images representing the actual news topic under discussion? The answer MUST be, the old way. A mind’s attention divided against itself by distractions cannot be whole in thought. It’s how accidents happen in the real World. It’s how dumbing down happens in the news world.
First Example: CNN; the sample images are divided into zones for discussion purposes. I have additionally outlined areas in red which represent special effects being applied in unique ways with respect to transparency. When things are transparent, and especially when the background is indiscernible, it allow the subconscious mind to be confused; something solid seems real and factual, that which is nebulous is less real or concrete, and more implied than factual.
Zone 1, a and b parts — is showing a moving graphical pattern promoting the news program, which in this case really is not a news program at all, but a news spin mechanism to take a select news story and make sure you get the official slant in a way that interfaces well with the greater Globalist agenda (i.e., gun control is good, OWS and Internet activists are bad, etc.). You literally see it in her eyes; ‘You have to believe me!’ There is no synchronicity in the movement of the background pattern between the zones, giving your mind a kind of subconscious mental puzzle to resolve… is it the same pattern, or isn’t it?
Zone 2 is also in two parts. The official CNN Logo (b) is animated over a separately animated background (a), to create a mental 3-D puzzle of sorts. An element of the puzzle is that the background is nebulous and hard to grasp, with just enough detail to imply there should be something there recognizable, and yet, just as you think you understand what it is, it is not. There is actually a 3rd unmarked zone I failed to note at first… the blackened rectangle at the lower-right corner. It also contains the same CNN image machinations, but the color has been removed, creating yet another puzzle for the subconscious to resolve.
Zone 3 in two parts — is yet another play on the name of the show, with things in motion. The name scrolls to the left in (a), competing with and drawing your eye away from any other text which appears, and then vanishing with transparency into part (b), which is where they want your attention to go (nothingness). So when the text changes and your eye darts to it (distracts you from the spoken word or other video present), you are additionally distracted subconsciously by the scrolling text adjacent; two tiers of distraction, one distracting you from the other.
Zone 4 in four parts — four different text sections, each able to change for various reasons, which may be synchronous as with a complete change of presentation topic, or asynchronous within a presentation to provide additional timed distractions. The worse offenders would be those texts which scroll endlessly. Your eyes dart back and forth endlessly, unless one thing seems more important momentarily. Regardless, you mind has been divided repeatedly.
What you are left with in most such shows, is no fewer than a half dozen moving images and as many textual elements, all competing for attention to subtly make it less likely that you will remember much more than the most basic of details — such that most Americans STILL TODAY, (of those who favor TV as their news source) are not even aware of the conflicting facts about guns at Sandy Hook, much less any of the other controversies. They simply were unable to absorb the needed level of detail to say “Wait a minute. Yesterday you said one thing, and now you are saying another?” Naturally, they also don’t realize they’ve been fed yet another magic bullet story (several, actually).
Second Example: Univision; every network, indeed, every show, has to have a different ‘skin’ to make it visually identifiable. So a second example gives us a look at other ways to do the same thing within such skin changes. Here we see Zone 1 — a giant moving graphic element in four parts of the screen, all of which employs color cycling to further divide the parts. Color cycling is a psychotic technique which relaxes and subdues the conscious mind. Within it words are alive with motion, another layer of distraction. It is pervasive but cleverly segmented by other elements such that it is as if four separate, but synchronous sections, each competing for attention subconsciously.
Zone 2 in two parts — the primary (a) is the Reporter or first talking head. Multiple talking heads with their own window is a popular skin construct, one which especially becomes a great distractionary tool when you allow each person to speak over the other in heated manner which never seems to let but one side make their point fully… but the viewer, conditioned over time to side with the presenter’s viewpoint, simply sees ‘them winning the argument,’ and not them manipulating the flow of dialog. Else how do you explain ANY popularity for the likes of Torry turned ‘American Pontificator’ Piers Morgan, and the countless talking heads of like ilk?
Part (b) — is supplemental text information for labeling window content, and can change to other information for distractionary purposes. The question is, why is it important to tell us it is the Studio when we know that? Or to name the party just introduced or the newsperson we are used to seeing? We already know these things; they are simply there as a decisive distractionary tool. Every time they change, our eyes and attention are tempted to be diverted.
Zone 3 — in two parts is the second window for alternate video or added talking heads. This reduced viewing area will LIMIT the detail we are allowed in the news presentation. They might allow us the luxury of full screen video for things where they want us to absorb something (i.e., the full scope of violence by protestors), or elect the minimal viewing window when they’d rather we not so easily see something (i.e., police violence). Sure, sometimes it does not matter, and sometimes there may be no deliberate intent inherent in such changes. But the tool is there if they need it.
Zone 4 — is a replay of CNN’s, with an additional 5th part. There is no intrinsic difference in strategy or use. Again we find special effects using transparency along with motion (red outlined area near lower right corner). In this case, text is scrolling which is not quite readable without great effort, the same text (I think) as used in the main background (Zone 1), but scrolling the opposite direction. How distracting is that? It has to be intentional.
Worse, if there is any actual verbal content in all that scrolling background text, it is being absorbed by the subconscious. There is therefore the potential for subliminal programming, an early CIA developed mind control trick — but I do not know it is present, nor can I make such a determination as I do not read Spanish, and the original image is not clear enough to support translation efforts. I would defer to anyone with more direct specific analysis.
So, tell me again, Hillary, Piers, et.al, about Sandy Hook, 9-11, and why you don’t believe there is a conspiracy afoot somewhere in those engineered tragedies, and other controversies which flood the evil Internet? Oh… because people believe what you tell them to believe. I should have known better, since the public all went to school using text books approved by a handful of people in Texas appointed by George Bush to globalist standards… and most other States will not approve books unless the Texas group has first approved them.
Yes, I’m talking about the same people that insured text books sent to Afghani schools a decade before September 11 used pictures of bombs and guns and grenades for counting exercises… just in time to create a generation of terrorists… and then replaced them with pictures of wholesome things once we invaded. How could anyone believe anything else than the official message, given the running start on dumbing down such programming gives them? But you know, that’s yet another news story that’s vanished from the Web, of late, so why do I waste my time arguing with you?
Its the people who think for themselves I’m really concerned with reaching.
Who is winning the information war? YOU — if you pay attention!
- The disaster of manufactured consent in the Matrix (usahitman.com)
- Illuminati Mind Control & the Report from Iron Mountain (fromthetrenchesworldreport.com)
Should a line be drawn? When the claimed benefit is thought to outweigh concern for deaths of innocents, what is the difference between a nuclear strike against a city and using a drone or a car bomb to kill everyone in a car where only one person was the target?By H. Michael Sweeney, copyright © 2013, all rights reserved, proparanoid.wordpress.com Permission to duplicate online hereby granted provided it is reproduced in full with all links and text colors in tact and unaltered, including this notice.
When is collateral damage acceptable?
Is collateral damage ever acceptable?
With Obama ordering 30,000 Drones into American skies, and the military regularly conducting raids against American cities, and Police shooting at anyone on two feet to get one Cop Killer in California… we should perhaps come to a clear and concise understanding of what constitutes acceptable collateral damage, if anything at all. Perhaps “Thou shalt not kill,” is all we need to know. But…
If you could save 100 lives by killing one innocent person, would you elect their execution? If the only way you could prevent a Sept. 11 style attack threatening thousands was by shooting down a hijacked jetliner, would you so elect? Would you order someone sniped because of a significant chance they were about to kill the President, with no way to prevent it otherwise, but also no way to know for certain if they were the right person because all you had was circumstantial evidence? Where do you, personally, draw the line?
We hear those two words more and more in our news, even when there is no actual war going on. Drone diplomacy and policing has turned the taking of life into a video game, where decisions about who lives and dies is frequently being decided by a stranger in a darkened room half-way around the World. Murder is still murder, is it not? Or is it? What madness is this, that anyone ever has the authority for reasons of political expediency to decide life-or-death fate of innocent persons? Or is it silliness to even dare ask?
If a murderer deliberately sets out to kill you, or any person sets into motion events which accidentally kill you, that’s God’s domain to decide. His Will be done. But if your government or another wants to kill you simply to insure that someone else dies, or to insure some important political outcome for which you are not involved with or perhaps even aware of, who decides if the reason is good enough? I doubt they ask God before they sign off on the act. But what if YOU were the one to decide?
The answer is not simple, of course. For instance, for each unintended casualty, the blowback can be quite damaging and unexpected. Each becomes a martyred victim of US Imperialism (or something similar, depending on the target, of course) and literally strengthens the enemy. Governments and media in all nations involved, including our own, tend to roast (the President, or whomever) over a slow fire; it weakens relations with allies and foes alike internationally, and erodes political integrity at home. Collateral Damage can end up being to a tactical mission and the politics and politicians behind the mission the same as a total crash and burn, the burn often worse than the evil being attacked in the first place.
Is it OK to kill an innocent person if it will save the lives of many other people?
Where would you draw the line?
The answer may indeed be yours to decide — by means of the simple poll herein, which you are invited to use, which may very well give us a public concensus which can be used to help shape public policy by agencies, and the military, and those who empower them and wield them as political tools. Results of the poll may spark more officious study or even be cited directly in activist and legislative quarters. But only if you participate will it have such value. Answers are anonymous, and not traceable to individuals.
Lets look at a few examples in history which will give you practice for the Poll.
Deliberately sinking a passenger liner: During WWI the passenger steamship RMS Lusitania was headed for England from New York with nearly 2,000 souls on board. Two people decided its fate, but ultimately, one was responsible, correctly predicting the other’s response to their provocation.
A torpedo was fired by a U-Boat, sinking the luxury liner, a horrific event which turned the tide of public and Congressional opinion in the United States and brought America into the war; nearly 10% of the 1,198 persons who died were Americans, many of them prominent. Who was really to blame?
It was not the U-Boat Captain, because the German High Command had already given the order that the Lusitania, if sighted, was to be considered a combatant because intelligence had revealed it was carrying munitions for England acquired from America, a violation of international law. This decision weighed 2,000 against the loss of life such munitions would inflict upon the German Army to the detriment of their war effort. But their decision it is not the one you are asked to judge.
Some other, unknown person, an American, also made a decision. Not just to illegally put munitions on a passenger ship without informing the steamship company, who would have objected and refused. No, that was by far a more innocent decision. The real decision that we are asking you to judge is this: that person also decided to deliberately allow the Germans to learn of the munition shipment specifically in hopes that they would dare sink the Liner, because that person, and their counsel, wanted the United States to go to war for political expedience.
Would you deem the Lusitania’s passengers as acceptible collateral damage for such a ‘noble political aim’ as rescuing Europe from domination by Germany, the argument they relied upon in their decision? Would it help to know that among those counseling for the move were shareholders and Board Members in the Powder Industry, makers of weapons and munitions?
This later aspect, the Powder Industry, highlights the importance of questioning such decisions. Often the decision makers have ulterior motives which are not part of the official consideration, or justification. The Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex, and the New World Order crowd (often one and the same people), are more often than not the decision makers. So choose wisely, your answers.
Dropping the Atomic Bomb: In WWII we decided to use the Atom bomb to try to force Japan to surrender. While the US Government was unwilling to cite the true facts and figures used in their decision, the argument to bomb was simple: using the bomb could speed the end of the war and save more lives on both sides than would be lost by dropping the bomb. Just like the Germans and the Lusitania.
President Truman rightly saw no difference in terms of moral choice between Atomics and fire bombing, already authorized in the bombing of Dresden, a like horrific act of war against civilian populations. Of course, we were also regularly firebombing Japan, a nation where homes were literally made of paper, burning to death up to 100,000 civilians in a single city. Indeed, we might should be arguing the bombing of any city by any kind of bomb should undergo the same scrutiny. But we need to focus on a singular incident.
In excusing the use of Atomic weapons, the military claimed they had at the time estimated it would save 500,000 to 1,000,000 lives of US military, and 1.7 to 4 million Japanese by avoiding invasion. We now know that the actual estimates were far less than the propoganda those larger numbers represent, numbers which continue to be used even today.
In like manner, the number of deaths predicted for the Japanese were minimized beyond reality. It was argued that by dropping warning leaflets ahead of the attack, citizens could be evacuated and limit their losses to mere tens of thousands, refusing the advice that such leaflets would be ignored as a scare tactic, which was indeed the case. Very few people fled the cities as result; most who could flee had already done so when non atomic bombing started taking its toll.
In all, more than a quarter million Japanese perished because of the two bombs dropped (it originally being argued a single bomb would do the job). The actual number of American lives estimated to have been saved from invasion was 60-190,000, and perhaps twice that number of Japanese. So let us presume the estimated loss by bombing was only 50,000 Japanese, and that it would save up to 200,000 combatants on each side by conventional invasion (50K vs. 400K). What would your decision be?
When the actual loss of life was later known, how would you feel? I think I would feel like confessing and suicide. Indeed, our first Secretary of Defense, James Forestall, who was one of the decision makers, may have taken that path, or he may have been assassinated for threatening to do so. He, or someone, put a cord around his neck before his body left the second story room via a window… in a government detention facility with barred windows, where he was being kept against his will after walking off the job without explanation.
Lets reduce the scale a bit — are Janitors acceptable collateral damage? Based on a real-World decision to bomb Lybia in retaliation for terrorist attacks backed by the Lybian government… dialog in the screenplay The American President (title role played by Michael Douglas) detailed what is thought to have been part of the actual decision making process by Presidents Reagan and, later, GW Bush… though in fact, the terrorism itself was seen by many as reprisal for attempts to kill Muammar Gaddafi already undertaken by America. I doubt the dialog took place in real life, but let’s use it, anyway…
The President (Shepard) is having a late-night emergency dialog with military and staff about the decision to order a B-1 Bomber attack in a ‘retaliation’ scenario. He is under intense political pressure by the other Party in a hotly contested bid for reelection against a man named Rumson (a ‘Defense Hawk’ rather a lot like Donald Rumsfeld), Shepard’s lack of military experience and seeming timidity in the face of affronts by other nations and terrorism being used against him. Keep in mind, that a large building would not have a single janitor, but a team of many, as well as the likelihood of citizens at large being on the streets nearby:
Robin, as soon as our planes have cleared Libyan airspace, you can call the press…
General Rork says around O-Eight Hundred.
Sir, what do you think about a national address?
The last thing I want to do is put the Lybians center stage.
I think it’s a great idea, sir. You know Rumson’s gonna be talking about your lack of military service.
This isn’t about Rumson. What I did tonight was not about political gain.
But it can be, sir. What you did tonight was very presidential.
Leon, somewhere in Libya right now there’s a janitor working the night shift at the Libyan Intelligence Headquarters. He’s going about his job ’cause he has no idea that in about an hour he’s gonna die in a massive explosion. He’s just going about his job ’cause he has no idea that an hour ago I gave an order to have him killed. You just saw me do the least presidential thing I do.
So what would your verdict be? Would the international strategic political value of such an attack justify the collateral damage of a few janitors? On the assumption you genuinely feared the opposition would take America into an unwise war for the benefit of the military-industrial complex if they won the election, would the political gains at the voting booth change your answer?
Final example: Drone attack. It happens more than we hear about in media. I highly urge you to watch the Matt Damon/George Clooney film, Syriana (sorry for the multiple film references, but such things are part of media’s overall impact on our belief structures, and often the best ways of illustrating visually a gritty reality otherwise limited to mere words). Syriana is an insightful look at the intrigues of Middle East politics and oil-industry machinations rarely gained from the headlines. It also shows you exactly how a Drone attack is carried out in terms of command and control. But you need not see the film, or read the non fiction book it was based upon, See No Evil, by Robert Baer.
The question is, a CIA informant has provided fast-breaking intelligence that a known terrorist has, by unusual circumstances, been spotted hitchhiking and picked up by a car now driving along a deserted roadway in the desert. Presume there is a terror plot in works that will take perhaps hundreds of lives if you do not find a way to stop him. But it is also known that the other occupants, the driver, a woman and a child, do not know who their passenger is. Do you order a Drone to strike, or do you pass for a better opportunity, which are few and far between?
These are hard questions our leaders face all-too often. They do what they think is right for you, perhaps at times for political gain or for corporate profits, but always doing so in your name regardless of reason. So let’s take the poll, and see what you think should or should not be done in your name.
Poll on collateral damage
Poll assumptions: Assume you are Commander in Chief or some other person for whom the decision is yours and yours alone. You’ve already asked advice, but it was 50-50 in weight results, and of no help, or there is no one to ask. The answers are incremental in nature, and as it is multiple choice, you only get one answer — each prior answer is considered inclusive in subsequent answers.
You should take the poll before finishing this article, because the remainder of the article might change your answers in the first section. Part of the experiment is to gauge just that: did additional considerations change your answer, as covered later.
But remember: how you answer about the value of the lives of others may impact how government thinks about the value of your life, or a loved one. A casual answer could be costly, considering the 30,000 Drones, military raids on American Cities, and trigger happy Cops in many American cities.
Now that you’ve taken the first section. Lets ask the question in two more case studies. Bear in mind this time, however, how you’ve already answered on the Poll. That means you will need to weigh your answer to the following questions based on decisions you’ve already made. Its about body count, and justification. The context will be different, but it should not change your answers if your logic remains true to form.
The first regarding the Death Penalty for capital crime. We know for a fact that some percentage of persons sent to Death Row turn out to be innocent, in the end. Shockingly, there are at least 39 instances where there was overwhelming evidence of innocence but the stay of execution was refused out of fear it would cause turmoil or harm to the general function of the courts and penal system. For example, a single incident might force the verdict in hundreds of cases to be thrown out and require new trials. Is that acceptable collateral damage, or should the death penalty simply be abolished and the system be forced to clean up its own mistakes?
Take that same reasoning, now, and apply it to NDAA, the National Defense Authorization Act, which gives the President and Military the power and authority to assassinate any American merely suspected of being involved in terrorism (or simply kidnap and vanish and/or torture them). No due process. No trial. Is there any difference in the likelihood of collateral damage being present in such an act as there is in the Death Penalty scenario? That, too, is being done in your name.
Is it acceptable collateral damage to execute a death row prisoner who is really innocent?
The second is more complex. It will require you to suspend your current belief structure and to take on the mindset of someone quite different than you (hopefully). If you were of a political mindset that truly believed that the only good future course for the World was a one-World government… and understood that the only way such a government could exist was if, among other things, the United States, Mexico, and Canada formed the North American Union… and that the only way to establish that was to stage a military coup and suspend the Constitution that it could be replaced with a new Constitution which enables the NAU. Consider further that you believe (correctly), that the 2nd Amendment makes the outcome of such a coup highly unpredictable.
Note: the Constitution of the NewStates of America has already been written, as reproduced with analysis as such a document in my bookset, Fatal Rebirth. Please see special offer on free copy of Volume I by email.
If you believed the above to be true, and you believed that if there a one-World government was not established, dire consequences such as World-wide famine and wars over shortages of oil and food would result costing billions of lives (the kinds of arguments sometimes used to recruit for Globalists agenda)… and given HOW YOU RESPONDED TO THE POLL, could you justify in your mind a given number of innocent lives to help insure repeal of the 2nd Amendment?
Would you be willing, for instance, to authorize staging mass shootings to heat up the gun control debate, knowing that eventually, it would force a confrontation with gun owners and result in Martial Law, etc.? Would it be better to kill a few hundred people to save billions, or not? Would it matter if whole bunches of them were school kids, or wouldn’t it make it better for the purpose? Regardless of your own personal answer, look at the Poll results to see how others voted.
If just ONE person voted in the first section in a manner which implies they might also decide in favor of collateral damage in this matter, then does that change how you view of conspiracy theories regarding Comumbine, Aurora, Sandy Hook, and the many other mass shootings where such charges have been levied by critics? Does it change your previous opinion as to the likelihood or possibility that such a conspiracy might exist?
Is a false flag event ever excused as acceptable collateral damage?
How can collateral damage be anything but murder?
Just asking? Just saying? No. It’s more important than curiosity, or what I believe is true. As a nation, we make public policy and law, in part, by virtue of battles between varied agenda and beliefs present in our collective body of decision makers, and prior policy and law.
Leaders make collateral damage decisions based on the limitations of law and public policy, and their willingness to violate either. But also, any willingness to violate the law or policy is, in part, determined by public outcry and expression of citizen beliefs. God save us were the no such thing as an activist, conspiracy theorist, honest and diligent reporters, or letters to the Editor and to Congressmen.
Unfortunately, where a conspiracy exists by those with an agenda, it is easy to manipulate emotions to impact that public expression. The purpose in asking these questions, was to help you reevaluate the mechanisms and basis for your viewpoints, and to stir you to express any changes in opinion or beliefs which result, or to at least be more open to considering the arguments of others that such change is warranted.
If you do not understand the reality of decisions made in your name, your opinion about them is incorrect, and the decisions are not being made correctly to your true wishes. You are de facto victim even if you are completely unaware, and by your ignorance, others suffer more seriously, including paying the ultimate price.
Those who have full understanding also know that conspiracy theories only exist when reported facts do not make sense. Conspiracies are hard to prove without proper investigation, which is all ‘conspiracy theorists’ seek to sponsor when they propose their alternative explanations or explore the evidence publicly. If enough people say “Yeah… what about that, Mr. Congressman? I want an honest investigation with no white wash,” truth stands a chance. Conspiracies cannot otherwise prove themselves except by two means, one rare, and the other all-too common, but completely ignored.
They rarely are proven by confession or smoking gun evidence, because theorists do not have the authority or means to acquire them, as a rule. But whenever there is any evidence of a cover up, or disinformation tactics used against the theories, that alone proves there is a conspiracy afoot. So when media and government responds to theories by name calling or lies instead of explaining away the charges with useful facts… you know there is fire beneath the smoke.
Please question government, always, lest you be fooled again. All governments lie, and all-too often, for reasons just as questionable as collateral damage, which is almost always part and parcel of any conspiracy. They do so in your name, and only you can prevent that deception, that collateral damage. Your mind is yours to control, not theirs to manipulate with lies, just as your life is yours to live, and not theirs to dispose of as collateral damage for political gain.
Neither is there any difference between your life or that of a loved one, and the life of some nameless person in another nation on the other side of the planet. If they deem any individual acceptable collateral damage, then every individual can be so deemed just as easily, regardless of nationality or political beliefs. If you have rights, all have rights, or non have rights. There is no insurance for you, alone, but that which you make true for all by voicing your mind.
There is no difference, so use your mind, think for yourself, and voice your opinions loudly, lest you loose your life, or someone else does in your stead… and in your name.
- Kirsten Powers Tears Into Conservative On Fox After He Dismisses Concerns Over Innocents Killed By Drones (mediaite.com)
- France hides “collateral damage” caused by its airstrikes in Mali (willyloman.wordpress.com)
- COLLATERAL DAMAGE: US Has Killed 100s Of Afghan Children Since 2008 (secretsofthefed.com)
- Thinking Our Anger (c4ss.org)
Just when you think you’ve heard everything about a major news event which suffers questions pointing to a conspiracy, someone figures out or finds something others have missed, or failed to see in the same light. I like being that person. By H. Michael Sweeney, copyright © 2013, all rights reserved, proparanoid.wordpress.com Permission to duplicate online hereby granted provided it is reproduced in full with all links and text colors in tact and unaltered, including this notice. 12 new questions/veiwpoints addressed in this blog: • About the validity of physical evidence deliberately left at a murder scene; • About the validity of the ‘mental torture’ call to Randal Quan; • About the death of innocent bystanders; • About using a hotel on a Navy base; • About the million dollar reward? • About footprints in the snow, and the death of the one man with the answer; • About the ‘chance find’ by a citizen and a news crew of a James Bond-style assassin’s weapon; • Several questions about the Death of Chris Dorner.
Why Chris Dorner was murdered and framed
The Web is awash with questions and commentaries doubtful of the Dorner shooting, my own included. In my earlier posts, I’ve already addressed some of the same questions, and yet, have also come up with some new ones, or new insights upon existing questions. They are presented here in hopes they will help further illuminate the matter toward a better grasp of the truth — which sounds more and more like Dorner being set up as a distraction or cover up for something larger, something with Federal fingerprints.
The first post: Dorners ‘Manifesto’: Manufacturing a D.B. Cooper-ish Urban Legend?, analyzed Dorner’s alleged ‘Manifesto’ and showed a long list of reasons it appears fraudulent, whole sections of it written by someone else, thereby validating concerns that Dorner was a patsy and a conspiracy was in play.
The second post: Dorner, the Urban Legend: Implications Behind a Fraudulent Manifesto, took a much closer look at the crime than most online treatments have employed. It provides deep-background information which suggests Dorner might have been a mere playing card in a high-stakes military or CIA project, possibly pre staging for a Martial Law sponsored coup. Ergo, the Ace of Spades graphic.
If you have not read these earlier posts, and are not comfortable with accepting the above descriptives of their content as viable concepts or factually accurate, please read them before reading this piece, or it will waste your time, as your basis of understanding will be in the absence of key information. Also be sure to review the excellent and revealing ‘related articles’ at the bottom of this page — especially the video interview relating Chris Dorner’s contacting alternative media and essentially confirming many of the points I’ve been making in my posts.
Was Chris Dorner a pawn in a Federal Plot?
Questions which point the way to understanding, even without answers
1) Dorner’s gear found at the first murder scene: Why would Dorner choose to leave Police equipment traceable to him at the scene, when said equipment would be valuable to ongoing operations if intending a killing spree? Curiously, there is video evidence that he did this. Someone who looked like Dorner, at least at distance in the poor quality view, in a vehicle which was apparently his (no definitive statement on that in reports, for some reason), is caught on a security camera dumping the items, including his badge and police uniform. Why would Dorner do this in front of a visible security camera in broad daylight? The murder took place at night time (see the news video report, toward end). There would have been cops already swarming the area, making it a high-risk adventure.
Why would Dorner even leave the gear at all? It would be valuable in any further covert applications if he was intent on continuing the alleged killing spree. It can’t be to deliberately ‘prove’ to Police it was him responsible: the call to Quan, a mere fingerprint, or a call to Police would have served as well and would be far safer. But it does make sense if someone was trying to frame him, sending someone who looks like him enough to pass for him, especially if borrowing his car to do it.
2) The alleged call to Quan by Dorner: If Randall Quan represented Dorner at the review hearings which resulted in Dorner’s dismissal, why is it only described in media references as a call from someone ‘claiming to be Dorner?’ Other qualifiers like ‘may have,’ ‘allegedly,’ etc., were almost always used. Would he not know Dorner’s voice?
Bear in mind that where a caller deliberately makes rude and insulting, emotional jabs at one’s psyche, the resulting change in mental state (anger, mostly) will deter one’s perceptions and judgement of such things. To me, it sounds like Quan was enough of a professional that he at least recognized the possibility of the voice not being Dorner’s, and must surely have couched his statements accordingly, else why did LAPD statements and media originally do so?
3) The death of innocent bystanders: If killing Monica was because she was family, as claimed by the manifesto, why kill her companion? Dorner should not have known he had proposed to Monica only days earlier, and Dorner has been repeatedly cited as taking care not to harm innocent persons. Likewise for the trainee with Crain. Why harm those men? Might it be because both men could have seen who the real killer was, a risk addressed by a killer who could not afford anyone saying it was not Dorner?
Kieth Lawrence, killed with Monica, can be seen wearing what appears to be a Police uniform in some online photos, but he was not a Cop. He (article) had been a security guard at a Universtity, and had undergone trainings with Ventura County Sheriffs and Oxnard Police, but should have been seen by Dorner as purely a — he was NOT wearing his guard uniform at the time of the shooting, and thus was unarmed. Many accounts say there is evidence (?) Dorner stalked them both for some time, so surely he would have known Lawrence was not with any LEA, certainly not LAPD.
It is also interesting that both were shot multiple times. In fact, so many that reloads would have been required, or for gun grabber’s edification, a high-capacity magazine was used — or — unless there were two shooters.
5) A hotel stay on a military base: Why did Dorner go the Naval Base at Point Loma (San Diego — see timeline)? It was confirmed that he had been in a hotel ON BASE and the base went into lock down when someone reported seeing him. Could it have been an attempt to meet someone who might provide him with evidence he was being framed, or something useful as a blackmail insurance policy to force (someone high up) to call off the dogs?
6) The million dollar reward: Why (and how) was a $1M reward arranged for so quickly, and who really managed that hat trick, when normally, $20K is the most anyone ever sees pinned to their name, and only after much time has transpired since the manhunt began? Only bin Laden and associates have, to my knowledge, enjoyed that level of value on a wanted poster, and so quickly. This article seems to have a convenient but implausible answer (just above second video); a collective of leaders from the area including businessmen ‘came together.’ Really? When does that ever happen, elsewhere?
7) Footprints in the snow, and the death of the only man who knew to track them: How convenient is it that the final standoff comes to pass because two officers ‘track him’ to the cabin… and one of them is fatally shot to death — a super-cop sent on Dorner’s chase like a bounty hunter? The other was wounded. Jerimiah MacKay, killed at the cabin, was a 15 year veteran of the San Bernadino’s Sheriff Dept. His specialty was going after stolen cars. He was on Dorner’s case from the outset, but fared not better than any other Cop. But in less than four hours after a truck was reported stolen by someone matching Dorner’s description, he and his partner were tracking footprints in the snow to the Cabin. Excuse me, but how did they know to track these particular footprints?
They had NOT found the stolen truck, so how and why did the presume these to be his footprints, or even know they existed, and where? NO ONE had ever seen Dorner alive near the cabin, nor any other person who might have been responsible for the footprints they choose to follow, nor, for the matter, whoever really fired the shots that felled them. Next came an swarm of lawmen and choppers, and the Cabin was set afire. Restating the question more pointedly, how did the dead Sheriff know to follow the footprints, unless there was some foreknowledge; a conspiracy afoot requiring Dorner’s body to be found cindarised? Now that he is dead, we may never know how he knew how to find those footprints, and why he knew to follow them.
8) The finding of a murder weapon by a citizen and news crew: A man reportedly found a crashed car (not the truck allegedly stolen by Dorner just prior to his being cornered) near the cabin, and nearby laying in the open in the snow at the roadway’s edge, a Walther P22 pistol with silencer and flashlight (a James-Bond style, professional assassin’s weapon). Coincidentally, a news crew happened along just then, as well? And they thought seeing a man standing at the side of the road was obviously newsworthy enough to investigate and interview?
This is three days after the Police the Cabin was fired and Police had swarmed into the area, and the day after concluding their investigation in the area, opening roadblocks to the public. Anyone see red flags here? If not Dorner’s truck, who’s car was it, and who’s gun? If Dorner had somehow stolen a car after stealing the truck, why has it not been reported? The car renews interest in and underscores the question about how MacKay choose to follow footprints, and where they originated, not just where they led. It is also raises the possibility that whomever killed MacKay was not Dorner, but a professional assigned the task.
9) The death of Chris Dorner: Was Dorner dead already, killed at some point well before the cabin event? It would be easy to have staged the events leading to the fiery conclusion, especially if one man knew to follow the footprints to the Cabin preprepared with Dorner’s body and rigged with squibs to simulate gunfire. It would only take a sniper to eliminate that man, the one possible person who might know the truth or unknowingly expose it if allowed to live, perhaps the only one outside of any inner conspiracy circle within LAPD or CIA/military camps.
10) The tale of four sets of ID, three wallets: How did the wallet survive the fire, and how many wallets and ID sets did Chris Dorner own? There had already been multiple reports of his wallet and ID being found, and yet they also find it, in tact, with readable plastic ID, in the ashes of a building where nothing else survived the flames. Add in the discarding of his badge as yet another form of ID. I DO NOT BUY IT.
That is specifically one of the oldest tricks in the intelligence community’s playbook for framing someone or making it seem that a body is someone it is not. Yes, it can also be used to misdirect authorities as to your true presence or whereabouts, but you only need employ that gambit generally once, and even then, only when making a major tactical move (like an escape, or an assault). Four times? Not synchronous with either escape or subsequent assault? And so close together in some cases, essentially wasting valuable ID resources?
11) The body of Chris Dorner: Is Dorner even dead, at all? If it were not for the phony ID find, I might not be moved to ask. But it implies official deceit. So, is he alive and vanished by virtue of NDAA style actions by our acting President or a unilateral military decision, or has he managed to pull off his own escape plan? I doubt the later, but even the Coroner’s report of dental matches, or DNA match will not be proof enough to answer the question; given the weight of material pointing to conspiracy, a fraudulent Coroner’s report is simple to arrange if CIA is involved, and easy enough for lesser groups.
12) The fire and ‘suicide’: Why did, per police radio traffic, LEA deploy multiple fire-starting ‘burners,’ incendiary tear gas canisters, if not intending to start a fire? Why did they turn away fire trucks with a decision to wait until all four corner’s had caved in once learning there was a basement? In almost every use of this kind of device, a fire erupts if it lands on or against anything flammable. Using multiple burners insures a fire. Was it to make sure the only way to ID Dorner’s body was dental records, the easiest of all to tamper with when officially faking someone’s death? Was it to insure that Dorner never had a day in court where he could expose crimes by LAPD or others well beyond those already known?
Bonus Question asked by others re Media complicity: Why did media volunteer to black out the Dorner event already underway? Choppers in the air pulled away at Police request issued thru FAA (suspicious and completely unprecedented in its own right), because Police claimed ‘news coverage might tip Dorner off.’ Excuse me, but the gun battle had already ensued, and the cabin was already surrounded. Police positions were not clearly revealed by aerial video because of dense trees about the cabin and the distance and angles involved. So what was the threat, again? If Dorner didn’t already know he was surrounded after engaging in a gun battle, he was not likely to be watching TV to find out.
And how do you get a TV signal way out there to the Cabin, in an isolated valley, when the cabin had no TV aerial visible, and the nearest broadcast station carrying feeds were in LA, 67 miles away on the other side of mountains forming the valley? What was the real reason Police wanted no one to see document they were doing? Why did media comply, knowing their signal was of no value that far away? Why did FAA aid in that cover up?
Why was an assassin’s pistol found by civilians near the cabin after Police finished investigation?
All these question and nagging discrepencies are the stuff which makes for an Urban Legend. Remember, an urban legend is always based on some kernel of truth, and yet is almost never truly what it seems on the surface. People tend to believe the legend, and fail to ask the right questions even if choosing to look closely. Dark lies need to be exposed and examined carefully in the light.
In looking closely, ALL of the above questions imply their own answer: a conspiracy, lies, and intelligence community tricks being employed. Whether those tricks are by CIA, military, or LEA application is something only the answers to the questions will reveal. But you (in bothering to read this), I, and other ‘conspiracy theorists’ seem to be the only ones asking questions. Given the obvious nature of many of them, that is its own clue something is wrong, something quite related to the bonus question. Anyone not seeing that, is not paying attention.
Turn on the damn flashlight!
How did Police find Chris Dorner?
- Truthing Chris Dorner- Playing the skeptic (therealmcteag.com) An alternative and thoughtful viewpoint addressing Dorner’s cult status
- Chris Dorner Speaks on Before Its News (video interview beforeitsnews.com) More proof Dorner’s Manifesto not written by him, Chirs Dorner claims he is framed, and clues he was getting help from Anonymous.
When satanic leadership of the NWO undertakes a plot, you can bet there are satanic magic numbers in use, somewhere. Sometimes the obvious is right in front of our eyes, if we but just look askant.
Why did DHS order 1.4 billion rounds of ammo? Satan made them do it!
Updated March 6, 2013, and errata: A previous update of this same date was in error as it implied DHS had ordered 2,717 MRAPs. Claims do abound on the Web that DHS’ has also placed a recent Order for 2717 MRAP (Mine Resistant Armor Protection) Light-Armored, Gun Ported Vehicles also uniquely satanic. However, the order was actually via U.S. Navy conduits and are intended to be manned by the U.S. Marines, presumably in overseas operations — but of course, deployment can actually be ANYWHERE.
Regardless, the smoke comes from fire theory is fueled by the fact that DHS does use the same vehicles (image) and has their own Police Force (ICE ERO — Immigrations Customs Enforcement Emergency Response Operations). If you go to ice.gov Web site you indeed find them crowing about numerous ICE ERO arrests in civilian police matters unrelated to either Customs or Immigrations. Ask yourself then, why does DHS want these vehicles and Police (soldiers by any other name) otherwise illegal under Posse Comitatus in YOUR city? Updated analysis marked via RED text.
Is DHS a Satanic branch of the US government?By H. Michael Sweeney, copyright © 2013, all rights reserved, proparanoid.wordpress.com Permission to duplicate online hereby granted provided it is reproduced in full with all links and text colors in tact and unaltered, including this notice. Did Satan make DHS order 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition? Does DHS have its own Police force?
What you will learn reading this blog:• That all numbers have meaning, sometimes spiritual, even satanic… and magical; • That the magic numbers are easy to find and translate, by way of example; • That the DHS munitions orders are rife with satanic numbers and meaning; • That that meaning implies they will be used against citizens and destroy the America we know in favor of the North American Union.
What does the DHS munition order have to do with the North American Union?
One indicator that the DHS 1.4 gigamunition orders are intended for pure evil use may be the actual quantities ordered, themselves. When the Satanic leadership of the NWO makes plans, they use every Satanic leverage they can muster to insure success. Magic numbers are almost always present one way or another. We got a taste of that on Sept. 11, 2001, and other black days in history where the date itself forms magic numbers. Yeah, yeah —mere coincidence, right? Don’t be so sure; read on.
What is a Satanic Magic Number, you may ask?
To answer that, we need to go back to ancient times and consider the dead languages, such as the Greek, Hebrew, and Latin. In those times, each letter of the alphabet had a numerical weight or value associated with it. The best known by most of us are termed Roman Numerals, but all these languages used such a system. Thereby, a given word, phrase, passage, or text document could have a numerical value by simply adding them up. That’s one reason the name of the Antichrist can be given as a number.
Also prevalent in those days was the occult practice of Numerology, the belief that each number carried with it a social and religious meaning or importance, a functional word/phrase equivalent. Numerology as pertaining to religious use was largely associated with cults and early Satanic religions, but also, even Biblic texts rely upon numeric valuations. Typically, the ‘meaning’ of a given number remained constant between the dark (Satanic) and light (Biblic) uses, with minor changes to suit emphasis or application.
By such a scheme, it is possible for a number series to be converted to a sentence-like translation or summary of its meaning. We will be doing a little of that, later on. In reverse fashion, one practiced in numerology can devise a number to have such a translated meaning. In addition, there are certain number properties which are thought to hold magical abilities which amplify the power or intensity of any such meanings. Doublets, triplets, and so forth, perfect increment/decrements (e.g. 1234), squares or other root products, and palindromes, those numbers which are the same forwards and backwards, and even prime numbers divisible only by 1 and themselves, are examples.
Note: If you find this interesting, you may also want to learn about the Gematria Calculator, which translates numbers to words and vice versa. The link also provides additional background details to the above presentation.
What is the history of magic or satanic numbers?
Machinations for illumination
The means of manipulation to relate magical translations has some flexibility. The number sequence 123456789 can be looked at for the purpose as a single 9 digit number, or three three digit numbers, or it can be broken into pairs with the odd man out at either end, or in the middle. When in the middle, groupings both left and right of it may incorporate it for ‘double duty.’ Groupings can then be summed to obtain other numbers to be employed for translation purposes. Thus our example number in groupings of threes would become 6 15 24 as a result.
Sum results can also be summed yet again. The most common form of summing, however, is summing in strict pairs, which is a bit different. Summing our example result 61524 (not in pairs) would produce 45, the actual sum of the three numbers, but in pairs, it produces yet a new three digit number, 666, the most powerful of all Satanic numbers for obvious reasons: 6 is treated as if a pair, 15 sums to 6, 24 sums to 6. The other way to sum is to simply sum them all as individual digits, which yields 18, another code-like way to express 666 (3 x 6 = 18).
A thing to do, especially with larger numbers, is to review their table of divisors; all possible combinations of division the number supports. The quantity of divisors can be examined, as well. The only useful divisors would be those found magical themselves, and especially so for the more important Satanic numbers, 13, 18, and 666, or multiples thereof, or numbers which yield them by the above machinations. Indeed, there are many means which can be applied, but regardless of the method, the interesting fact is that the odds of being able to discover a magical meaning to any given number of some size (e.g. 5 or more digits) is relatively small, despite it being easy to find magical numbers by the described means. Restated, it is easy to find magic numbers, but not easy to find magical meaning; more is needed to impart meaning and actual power.
Indeed, if employing the divisors method, we find it divisible by the doublets 1010, 2525, and 5050, and the additional palindromes 101, 202, 404, and 505. If we cared to do so, we would learn these numbers have meaning of their own. Thus it turns out to be a magical number, but yet, it is not Satanic (the meanings are good, not evil), and therefore of no value to our search — unless we encountered an ammunition order in that quantity, in which case we might deduce it for a good cause. We do not, and should not find it, in that those seeking good are admonished in the Bible against using numerology, and thus it should be only by coincidence or divine providence that they would have elected a good number.
Who uses magic or satanic numbers?
Not just any old number will do
The important thing is, finding a Satanic number is not common enough that one can argue ‘any number can be shown Satanic.’ In our sequence above, one does not encounter a number with the potential for even a mild Satanic interpretation until 101124, which is able to produce the number 18 in machinations several different ways. Even so, it is not sufficiently dark to be used for justification, because it does not enjoy any of the other requirements:
It must afford an actual translation which imparts a meaning, and/or, alternately, enjoy a symmetry or consistency as if a ‘theme,’ and/or, alternately, offers a myriad of such finds employing a wide variety of magical numbers; it should tend to be somewhat obvious and clear cut in nature. If it does not hit you over the head, it’s probably not intended to have magical meaning… unless, perhaps, it is part of a set of other magical numbers where one might deem to look for a theme within the entire set. That complexity, fortunately, is not required with the ammo order, as each number appears to express itself, alone, and as a whole, the entire order’s theme is also consistent with any individual number’s meaning.
Indicators are indeed everything. In numerology, select numbers were deemed to represent good, and others, evil or occult, meanings which could be used to reference conceptual constructs, events, outcomes, traits, or even objects or persons, etc. You can learn about any (usually limited to two digits) number by typing into your search engine, ‘what is the meaning of x,’ substituting your target number for ‘x.’ Some references will focus on positive spiritual uses, some on general Numerology meaning, and a few will focus on occult uses. However, even the spiritual and less blatantly dark Numerology definitions will paint a useful picture in most cases. Try several resources.
One must not discount the opposition, either. If truly seeking translation, one must expect to find a mix of good and bad magic numbers. For example, if the message were intended to be something along the lines of ‘Satan destroys god’s plan for man,’ it might look something like 18 (Satan) 11 (destroys) 27 (salvation) 181127. That number contains a palindrome 181, which sums to 99 in pairs (using the middle number in an odd digit count with each number to its left and right), which again sums to 18, and the last four sum to 11 yet again collectively. The first four sum to 13 (sin), the mechanism by which Satan destroys salvation. The theme is present and expressed several ways. So if I was an evil Mason designing a Temple or other building of mystical import, I might make sure to employ that number and others like it in the dimensions (e.g., expressed in millimeters, it equals 594 feet, where 594 sums to 18, 94 sums to 13).
How are magic numbers used in the real World?
Real World example
Indeed, we find precedence. There is in India one the tallest buildings on the sub continent which is of that height, called Planet Godrej. Godrej is an Indian personal name which translates/relates to the occult Zoroaster metaphysical faith, also known as Zarathrustra, an ancient Persian occult faith (oldest on Earth) of mythological importance to the ancient Egyptians, and therefore, to Masons. The name is historically associated with wealthy business families worshiping Zoroaster. Remember Ghostbusters, the movie? The evil from the other side in the film was based on Zoroasterism.
Thus Planet Godrej might be intended, by its designers, both by its name and its dimensions, to represent diversion of Man from Salvation by means of sinful business efforts, planet wide. What is the building actually used for? It is a luxury apartment complex catering to wealthy business leaders in the heart of Mumbai (Bombay), each replete with servants quarters. It is located in an entertainment district which includes gambling. There are only two other buildings of the same height in the World cited on the Web: a similar residential building for business leaders in London, the Vauxhall Tower, and one of the five Suntec towers in Singapore. Vauxhall is a name derived from the Russian pleasure gardens of the Tsars, a place of diversions from mere amusements to outright sinful sexual excesses for business and political leaders in Russia. The Suntec towers are part of Suntec City, a complex of business office and convention spaces, residential, and entertainment facilities. See any themes, here? I don’t make this stuff up, you know.
What numbers are satanic?
Meet our magic numbers
Here are the numbers we will focus upon for our purposes, today; those numbers most used to represent Satanic dialog/themes, or to clarify them — in the simplest and briefest of summaries. Note there is some translation taking place in the larger numbers employing the smaller number’s meanings, so you see how translation can take place with consistency. Those few in bold are the true Satanic numbers of power.3 Fullness 5 Balance, the power and limit of man to control 6 Illumination, enlightenment, legend, man 7 Mystery, esoteric or scholarly magic, associated with Saturn, a name for Satan, might be a curse 9 Visitation, spirit 10 Law, obedience 11 Imperfection, disorder/chaos, that which precedes destruction 13 Rebellion, depravity, sin 16 Material power, incarnation 15 Three dimensions (reality), new direction, blinding temptation (Satan) 17 Victory, Son of Man (Christ), liberation 18 Oppression, bondage, slavery = 3 (fullness) x 6 (legend/man/illumination)= 6+6+6 = 666 21 Distress = 3 (fullness) x 7 (mystery, magic – a curse) 29 Departure, cast out = 3 (fullness) x 13 (sin) 30 Rulership, dominion = 3 (fullness) x 10 (law, obedience) 31 Offspring, branch 33 A sign, warning, predictor = 3 (fullness) x 11 (that which precedes destruction) 36 Adversary, enemy = 2 (division, double) x 18 (oppression, 666) 39 Infirmity, death = 3 (fullness) x 13 (sin) — the wages thereof 360 Encircle, trap, capture = 10 (obedience) x 36 (enemy) 666 Satan’s name
Now to the analysis of DHS ammo orders with the above in mind. To follow along and be comfortable with my findings, you may wish to open another window or tab to a divisors calculator, and to activate your desktop calculator. The divisors calculator additionally gives you the sum of divisors, often of value in the analysis. Because there are so many numbers which might be analyzed, I will simplify the presentation by focusing on the first number (which happened to seem to be the least magical on first look), the largest single order item, and the final total. You will then be well versed in how to check any of the other numbers on your own. Since it can be confusing to describe mathematical things verbally, I have also attempted to employ color coding to help you more easily see what is being referenced.
How do you find magic or satanic numbers?
The first item: .223 Assault Rifle ammuntion, yr 1 35635000 rounds
Sum of divisors: 83504520
1 2 4 5 8 10 20 25 40 50 100 125 200 250 500 625 1000 1250 2500 5000 7127 14254 28508 35635 57016 71270 142540 178175 285080 356350 712700 890875 1425400 1781750 3563500 4454375 7127000 8908750 17800 35635000
Bold = palindrome Red = 13 sum Green = 16 sum Blue = 17 sum
At first I did not see too much going on with this number other than it was an unusual palindrome, 35635, and that the divisors contained three of those as well as three 17817 series (e.g., 178175). But the sum of divisors (83504520) proved interesting, too, when run through the divisor calculator: its 13th divisor is 18. It’s 57th divisor is 360 (entrap), 57 summing to 13, as well. Then, looking at the last three digits of the 178175 series, we find they summed to 13, also.
If this was all there was, I still would not have bothered going any further in my hunt, concluding there was insufficient magic present. A weak theme of 13 with a hint of 18 in play was not exactly ‘saying’ much. The hypothesis would have been found inadequately proven, and this article would not be warranted.
However, when one checks in groups of three or four digits, one quickly discovers that a large number of divisors, including half of those with 13 present by summations, almost always summed to either 16 or 17 either as a whole, or as a balance of digits in the case of those with 13 present. In total, there are six each 16 and 17 summations, three of the 16 conjoined with a 13. Thus the ‘theme’ would seem to be 16 (incarnation) of 13 (sin) is greater than or opposes 17 (salvation). In this case, it can be made greater because the conjoined instances are all palindromes, although, the odd number remaining 5 (balance), implies a balance of power is being contested.
Now, going back and looking at the original number 35635 again, we can see that 35 is 5 (balance, limit and power of man) x 7 (having to do with magic and Satan). This is another way of saying the same thing (balance of power in conflict). Further, that converts it to 57675, which can be summed in triplets to form the doublet 1818. Again, very powerful and weighted to Satan’s advantage against Man and Man’s salvation. With the same general theme being found expressed three different ways, I elected to write the article; the numbers said something after all.
DHS orders ammunition in quantities based on Satanic numbers.
The largest order: .223 Assault ammo, yr 3 728582000 rounds
728582000 728582000 728582000 728582000 728582000
Sum of divisors: 1761716112 1761716112 1761716112 1761716112 1761716112 1761716112
1 2 4 5 8 10 16 20 25 40 50 80 100 125 200 250 400 500 1000 2000 364291 728582 1457164 1821455 2914328 3642910 5828656 7285820 9107275 14571640 18214550 29143280 36429100 45536375 72858200 91072750 145716400 182145500 364291000 728582000
Bold = palindrome Red = 13 sum Blue = 17 sum Purple = 18 sum Pink = 15 sum Teal = 10 sum
Again we see palindromes richly present. The order quantity itself contains 858, which by sums translates to doublet 13, very powerful. The larger palindrome, 28582 likewise summed provides doublet 15 (temptation in spades). The sum of divisors is even more palindromic, containing 17617 as well as 171 and 161. That provides for one 13 in the former, and if summing the later together, provides 17, plus the outright 17 in one of them (171), and 17 by summing of the other (16+1). Then we also find a single number with two palindromes: 5828656, its first two numbers summing to 13, second and third to 10, the last three to 17, the first three to 15: 5828656 5828656 5828656
We find 13 is also present by summing in four divisors, each an ‘island’ without conjoining. However, 17 seems to be everywhere, in each instance conjoined with 18, 15, or 10, and in like manner, 18 is abundantly conjoined with not only 17 as just mentioned, but also 10. Indeed, the order quantity palindrome also contains two each of not just 13, but two each also of both 15 and 10. That’s a pretty potent palindrome.
In checking the divisors of the sum of divisors, as in our first year order, we find the number 13 pops up, this time rather than in the form of being the 13th divisor, it is divisible by 13 directly, which goes 135516624 times. That not only starts with 13, but contains two adjacent 13s by summing: 1355 16624, as well as containing 15 and 18 (135516624) by sums, or outright 666 if summing just the last pair, and 17 two ways by dropping either 1 in the first sequence. You also get 666 summing the 51 ahead of the 66, and of course, 55 gives you 10. All the key numbers are present in the one number, which is multiplied 13 times to amplify its dark power.
In almost identical manner, the palindrome 45536375 from the original divisors does the same, in overlapping combinations: 45536375 (17 15), 45536375 (17), and 45536375 (10), and 13 in the 553. Only 18 is missing in this one. Now go back to the actual order number, and you see it happen similarly, yet again: 13, 15, 17 and 10 are all there. From all these we deduce a consistent (three-way depiction) of a theme dialogs: 18 (slavery, Satan) vs. 17 (Son of Man) = ‘conflict’ or ‘battle;’ and 17 (Son of Man) vs. 15 (change of direction, blinding temptation); and 10 (obedience) through 18 (slavery, Satan). These same themes have been repeated four times in this one order item!
Combining these, and we get the picture of a battle of some sort on an epic scale. Considering that we find 13, 18, 17 are the only ones which also stand alone (rebellion, liberation, slavery), it appears that is the nature of the conflict is to be a rebellion to decide between liberty or slavery.
DHS orders ammunition in quantities based on Satanic numbers.
Grand total of all munitions: 1405175654 rounds
1405175654 1405175654 1405175654 1405175654 1405175654
Sum of divisors: 2108519640
1 2 2819 5638 249233 498466 702587827 1405175654
Bold = palindrome Red = 13 sum Blue = 17 sum Purple = 18 sum
Because the number becomes considerably more finite when it does not have a lot of zeros, we get very few divisors, and thus it becomes ‘harder’ to find magical numbers since there are fewer to consider. However, they are present. The quantity itself contains both 18 and 13 two different ways, and we do have one palindrome, and 17 exists outright, only mentioned because it will be omnipresent elsewhere.
The first two four digit divisors if summed in pairs, produce palindromes: 1010, and 1111, respectively. The next two divisors both contain a summed 13 (49), and the later of these can also produce 18. The next divisor produces a 13 in addition to a palindrome. We also find that most of the divisors contain 17 by summing: 5638, 249233, 498466, and 7025877827.
But we are not done. If we also compute divisors for the sum of divisors, we find some more interesting things not common to similar efforts with the other numbers. We find a wealth of palindromes. In fact, more than 20% of them have palindromes, including a 5 digit 67976, which makes for a doublet 13 by summation. There are numerous doublets, many numbers containing multiple doublets, including 4040 (40 is the number of death and rebirth, or destruction and renewal).
That number, 14954040 also contains both 13 and 18 in sums sharing the 495. There are even very rare triplets, including 666 itself — twice! The other triplets, 333, and 999, additionally contain 13 in their construct. Like the original number, 13s and 18s also abound in many different ways. The overall theme for the entire order, then, is 13 (sin) amplifying the power of 18 (Satan) against 17 (Son of Man).
Who in DHS wants to overthrow the US by force in favor of the North American Union?
Update: 2717 MRAP vehicle order
Sum of divisors: 3360. 8 divisors:
1 11 13 19 143 209 247 2717
Bold = palindrome Red = 13 sum Blue = 11 sum Purple = 18 (666)
A palindrom (717) starts this off, which sums in pairs using a shared middle number to the doublet 88, and we have a doublet 33 in sum of divisors. Both Doublets are divisible by 11 a number of times (3, 8) which sum again to 11. Still, not that much to crow about until we look at the divisors, of which there are very few, and yet which provide a wealth of results in EVERY divisor of note. The order is divisible by 13 209 times which sums to 11, and divisible by 11 247 times which sums to 13. It is divisible by 19 143 times which combine in sums to 18 (666). So, just look up 11 and 13 to get the ‘theme,’ and amplify that by 18.
Why did DHS order 2717 MRAP vehicles?
Therefore we see the simple outer theme, inwardly, concealed if you wish, expresses an overall theme akin to Armegeddon, or the Great Flood, to be visited upon America. But also, you see… if the NWO has is to its way and be able to establish a one-World government, the true purpose thereof is to seat the Antichrist, and lead us to the final End Times, actual Armegeddon.
But to get there will require something called the North American Union, abandoning the independence of Mexico, Canada, and the US altogether. But the greatest roadblock to that is the United States and our massive gun ownership which binds us like an insurance policy to our sovereignty and Constitutional integrity. Unless they can find a way to cancel out that insurance policy, they cannot have their way. The North American Union cannot come to pass without something drastic happening.
The numbers suggest they may at least think they have found a way to solve that. A bloody way. In fact, the sum of divisors of the grand total is equal to (270 x 13) + (3165945 x 666). Various sources cite the number of guns in private hands in America is 270 million. 3,165,945? That’s just about the size of the US Military and Police forces, combined, depending on who’s numbers you use. But that’s just me and some numbers talking.
How can the North American Union come to pass?
What do you think?
Support the second amendment if you hate the North American union!
- Raw Numbers Prove DHS Gearing up for Revolution, Martial Law, or Chinese Invasion (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- The Numerology of the Holy Name of Jesus Christ (world-mysteries.com)
- The Magic of Numbers (mapelba.wordpress.com)
- Whats Your Digits? : The study of Numerology (distnction.org)
And why they must keep you afraid of (something) and distract you from the simple truth.by H. Michael Sweeney permission to reproduce granted if in full and with all links and credits in tact, and linking back to proparanoid.wordpress.com
SPQR, PAX Amerikana: the Failing Roman Empire of the NWO
At a root level, the United States governmental model is not that much different than that of the Roman Empire — especially today. Yes, I will be found to be generalizing in ways which take some liberties to make the point, but would hope the reader is intelligent enough to understand the reasoning for cause. Compare and consider:
• Both were/are based upon a Senate form of government (in Rome, they said ‘SPQR,’ which stands for Senätus Populusque Römänus — the Senate and People of Rome) headed by a supreme, all-powerful dictator with the ability to make his own laws regardless of basis in legality. We call them Executive Orders, they called them edicts from the Emperor who, in the declining years of the Empire, thought himself God. Hmm… you don’t suppose Obama… ?
• Both were/are expansionist in nature based on superior military prowess applied in an endless series of wars to ‘insure peace.’ In Rome, they said ‘Pax Romana,’ which translates as ‘Roman Peace.’ For the Romans, conquest was early on territorial in nature and garnered slaves to build and maintain the Empire and establish a comfortable standard of living for citizens. For the U.S., early conquest was territorial in nature and garnered resources to do the same — over 140 military campaigns between 1776 and 1900, and more to come. Sure. Some were and would be righteous and just, but many were and would be contrived and questionable.
• In Rome, they declared neighboring peoples as ‘warlike’ and ‘barbarians’ to justify conflicts to subdue them. In America we declared the Indians and others in the same way, and even took land Canada had claimed by threat of war (54-40 or Fight!).
But it is the declining years where the similarities are more useful to the purpose of this missive, because America is clearly in decline, too. Let’s therefore go more slowly…
• Rome’s military was a fearsome beast which cost a lot to maintain, and which could easily overthrow the government if given a reason. For that cause, it was important to insure they were kept busy and constantly rewarded. In America, the same is true. In point of fact, there was an early New World Order sponsored (the same powerful Fascist business elite as drive the NWO movement, today) attempt at a military Coup in 1934 which was thwarted largely by one man, Major General Smedley Buttler, USMC. More recently, four-star General Tommy Franks has stated that the next major terror event would result in a military form of government.
• Rome sponsored wars (‘Let loose the dogs of war!’) and allowed soldiers the reward of ‘Cry havoc!,’ a policy which let soldiers rape and pillage the conquered and keep a share in the spoils of war. In the U.S., the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex is rewarded by huge profits in the manufacture and sale of armaments and arms technology. The high ranking soldiers, themselves, reap their fortunes by taking seats on the Boards of Directors once they retire ‘with honors.’ Unlike the Roman military where one served until no longer able, most soldiers of today are short-term liabilities replaced every four years or so. Therefore, they reap no reward but that of medals for their valor, and perhaps a skill useful in seeking employment.
• In both cases, the taxes upon the people had/has become a great burden and the standard of living began to slip (brother, ain’t that the truth), and because money was harder to come by, less was spent in maintaining other important governmental responsibilities, the quality and operation of societal infrastructure began to decay, including the physical aspects made of stone, wood, and metal. That’s one reason why aspects of America’s transportation (bridges, mostly), water and sewer, and rail systems are in many cases on the verge of total collapse.
• In both cases, the people began to express dissatisfactions with high taxes and poor upkeep of civilization itself, and related woes, including the wars and the price of the military. Distraction was needed to keep the people happy. In Rome, they built coliseums and offered up gory gladiatorial massacres and theatrical entertainments. In America, they employed film and television technology to offer up unlimited access to pornography and artistic entertainments, and Grid Iron and other sports to replace bloodlust contests.
• And, in both cases, these distractions were not considered enough. The government saw that they needed to find a way to make the people see some outside threat as a greater threat than concerns over a failing governmental system. The only way power could be maintained was to instill a great fear, one so great as to justify a tighter Police State grip on the people. In Rome, it was the Huns of Germanic culture, and the Cicilian and Turkish Pirates of the Mediterranean. In truth, it was largely a non threat; the Huns couldn’t cross the the rivers and mountains which protected Rome, but the people weren’t told that.
In America, it has been a long list of like things… longer than you know (refer to this list of military actions which is from whence the counts are derived, herein):
a) In the 40’s and 50’s it was the Red Scare of McCarthyism and the Bomb which drove Nazi-style inquisitions and empowered Hoover and the FBI to become perhaps ten times as powerful as it had been before, and fostered the creation of CIA, the Department of Defense, the National Security Council, and the birth of mind control projects. We had WWII and Korea, and 24 other military actions. Television took root to keep us distracted with the likes of Lucile Ball, Bob Hope, Howdy Doody, the Mickey Mouse Club, and other mindless offerings (which I dearly miss).
b) In the 60’s and 70’s it was the Domino Theory and the Bomb (especially the Cuban Missile Crises), and ‘campus radicals’ which allowed the Military Industrial Complex to mushroom via Vietnam and 18 other military actions, plus a phony Drug War to allow CIA to profiteer, while at home the FBI and CIA ran COINTEL and COINTELPRO operations and gave us Watergate. We also learned about CIA’s infiltration and control of media via Operation Mockingbird, and how perversely they had sought after and employed mind control research. The Free Sex and drug culture kept many distracted, while the film industry began pumping out pornography to keep the less liberated distracted, and Television sold us consumerism for like cause on a scale no one would have thought possible. “Buy today, be happy (hold up box of soap next to smiling face)!”
c) In the 80’s and 90’s it was the ‘Evil Empire’ and off-shore and distant Dictators we had to fear, countered with an endless series of some 60 spats and more exotic entanglements like Iran Contra, Marcos, and Panama. The NSA made ECHELON a household word and we learned about FISA (actually a 1978 Act) secret courts that rubber stamped warrants to make political spying effectively legal — and trading of illegal political spy files by Police departments, CIA, and the Anti Defamation League/B’nai B’rith/Mossad (note: I was a victim of this!). It also brought us HAARP, the project born by a proposal ‘to control a billion minds’ by a Presidential Science advisor. Pornography escalated to video markets and strip bars are so commonplace that only live sex shows seem the unusual. But they’ve also learned they can distract us with news stories about celebrity sins such as skater knee whacking, football player knife slashing, and Royal weddings and the death of a Princess.
d) And that brings us to current history, where the idea of an endless war which can never be won was fostered; the terrorism ploy. Now this they are milking for all its worth. Police and Federal Agents are indoctrinated to the point of paranoia seeing ordinary acts as signs of terrorist behavior: you cannot take a photograph, pay for something with cash, write a school report or possess a bumper sticker which mentions Ron Paul, or cite the Constitution without being suspect of terrorism. You cannot go to the Airport (and soon, to a sporting event, theater, or public building) without being sexually molested by TSA. No remnant of the Constitution remains in tact, save perhaps the 2nd Amendment, which hangs on just enough to prevent total take over — the whole REASON it exists in the first place. And now pornography comes in over cable television, and live sex shows are becoming commonplace, and for the less prurient, reality television and the spread of lotteries and gaming casinos.
None of this makes real sense. Why should you fear a terrorist when excessive Police violence injures and kills more citizens in any given year than do terrorists in their best year (9-11 attack)? It is a bill of goods used to control you and keep you docile in order that the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex can continue on its New World Order agenda, reaping in huge profits as they usurp more and more political control over you. They want us to fear terrorists. I say, let’s show them a form of terrorism they SHOULD fear; a free people who control their own government, as the Founding Fathers intended.
Unless you believe in and support PAX Amerikana, SPQR-style (are a Fascist), just say NO! Boycott the system at every level (be a financial terrorist): avoid banks, don’t use credit, buy used instead of new, repair instead of replace, refuse and resist GMO foods and grow your own, rely upon barter and cottage industry. Actually, there is an endless list of concerns similar to GMO. It would behoove you to learn about and resist conspiratorial NWO agenda projects like Codex Alimentarius, Agenda 21, Carbon Tax/Carbon Credits/Carbon Currency, United Nations Biospheres (and an endless array of other UN mandates), and the Canamex Highway and the North American Union via the Security and Prosperity Partnership.
Disobey government (be a political terrorist): insist on your Constitutional rights (for many of you, you must first LEARN what your rights actually are, especially with respect to dealings with Police and investigative agencies, and the court system) and go out of your way (be an activist) to do so; video Police (even if… especially if they pass a law against); employ civil disobedience and support Occupy and similar movements; write everybody in power and speak your mind; vote for no one who is not a Constitutionalist, a Libertarian, or an Independent (kill the Democratic and Republican Party Dog and Pony Show); write every media outlet to express your views and flood them with complaints over bias reporting, and write their advertisers threatening or actually seeking to boycott.
Please deem to review the 24 Planks post which attempts to highlight the changes needed in America to restore it to the strong and free country it once was. If you agree (or disagree) with any one of them, SO COMMENT on the page, tweet, share, reblog, and rate. THAT POWER is a right you should AT ALL TIMES exercise when you see something you like or dislike anywhere along these lines. How else will those who spy on us and those who (pretend to) serve us have good meter of our pulse and realize they had better back off a notch or two? If you do not express yourself, you have not learned the one simply truth: YOU are the one you’ve been waiting for to change what is wrong. Get busy, because they have an endless supply of Obamas and Romneys to take us further down that SPQR path to destruction.
Compare 1776 to 2012, and see where you really live, and decide if you are willing to accept that, or not.
How vastly different life turns out for one friend compared the next… and yet how much so alike as to be frightening
Copyright (c) 1996 by H. Michael Sweeney — All Rights Reserved Permission to reproduce for non profit use granted provided it is reproduced in full and links back to proparanoid.wordpress.com. This article was written for the Oregonian, but the Editor notified me that they no longer wanted my Op-Ed submissions because they generated too many responses critical of government. So I added the Oregonian stings and published it instead in my book set, Fatal Rebirth.
posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control
From the local news: A Portland man was arrested today for shooting two State Troopers in the back after being stopped for a traffic infraction. Neither officer was seriously wounded, thanks to bullet proof vests. Arrested at the scene on charges of attempted murder was Phil Early, of Portland, Oregon…
As it happens with many news stories, there is more to the story than meets the eye. Sometimes, there is a story behind the story.
I knew Phil Early in a more innocent time. I knew him as well as anyone, both teenagers attending Jefferson High School. He was a very different person then, certainly exhibiting no characteristic that might lead to his shooting a female State Trooper and young man wearing a State Trooper uniform* in the back. His worst offenses in those school days were being suspended for playing hooky.
Having lost track of Phil after I went into the military, and having often thought about him over the years and the many good experiences we had shared together, I must wonder what could have brought him to this unlikely end. Having heard that he had joined the Army and was killed in Vietnam, it is a shame that it took this tragic news event to reveal the error in that information and open the possibility of our meeting again. Perhaps, under the right circumstances, I might even have made a difference in his fate. This haunts me.
posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control
But that is not all that haunts
Despite the outwardly heinous act and the many negative stories of Phil in the local media, there still seems much good about Phil in tact from when I knew him. He still is a caring and giving person, according to those who knew and worked with him in his last days as a free man. It is said that he helped anyone who asked and gave of himself freely, without judgment. I even understand that he had fallen victim to con artists who took advantage of his giving nature, but he had not let their greed dim his caring for or trusting of other strangers in need.
This was the Phil I knew, who would volunteer to loan his best blazer to a casual acquaintance (I had known him all of fifteen minutes when he offered it to me), or a Phil who would give his last two bucks for gas to a stranger stuck in front of the local grocery store. And that memory does not tally with the news reports of a man who supposedly, by association with Posse comitatus, has a hatred for other races. The stranger he had helped to buy gas in the early 60’s was a black man. In those times, equality was a mere dream in Martin Luther’s sermons, but already reality in Phil’s heart.
And speaking of Posse comitatus, I try not to automatically think harshly at the sounding of the name. It was the Posse comitatus Act of 1864 which protects citizens from abusive application of military against civilians in police actions, unless under martial law. This, perhaps, is why the current group by that same name does not recognize the State Police as a duly authorized Police agency.
Rather, they feel that any armed force under direct authority of State rule, regardless of the name it uses, regardless of the document of law or charter which empowers it, and regardless of its stated mission or rules of procedure, is nothing more than a state militia — a military body. As such, just like the National Guard, it is seen as a military unit subject to the Posse comitatus Act.
It was originally reported that Phil, like many Posse members, had an arsenal of weapons and ammunition. The Posse apparently believes, like many groups, that it is up to the citizens to protect themselves from the possibility of a military overthrow of the government — a thinking which, in exercise, requires a well armed and well trained civilian population. I now understand that Phil’s arsenal has turned out to be closer to the number of guns owned by the average farming family in Kansas. The description of many of these weapons apparently better matches that of “collector items” than of “arsenal.” This is closer to the Phil I remember, who liked to collect a variety of many like things, as would please his eye. In blazer’s for instance, he had nearly a dozen. He had many fewer guns.
There is one disturbing thought, however. As different as our lives must have been, and as different as our current situations seem, there is much about Phil’s late history that matches my own life. I, too, have grown suspicious of many in law enforcement, and have had my share of confrontations with them, including multiple attempts on my life by assassination.
Phil’s negative experiences might be deemed politically shaped by Posse comitatus. Mine have been as a result of investigating illegal activities of those within law enforcement — coincidentally involving illegal application of National Guard and other Federal agencies by or within police — the very thing feared by Posse comitatus.
posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control
The nature of fate?
In realizing this commonality, I ask what might bring us so tenuously close in our thinking and experiences, despite the many years and miles between us? I go back to the innocent times, and a possible answer seems apparent. It was the time of Camelot. We, the youth of the nation, had a man in the White House we could love and look up to, regardless of any political realities perceived by our elders. And then, he was gone, taken away in violence under questionable circumstances.
I remember well the weighty discussions with my peers at the time, including Phil, of course. Even then, the theories were abundant. As more was learned, the doubts grew about the lone gunman theory. Perhaps this dashed our innocence and planted a seed of mistrust of an armed government and its secret minions of intelligencia – a mistrust which ultimately led us each along separate but similar paths, once we parted ways at the end of high school.
Now of course, there are more facts pointing to CIA assassination than to Oswald. Despite CIA Operative testimony under oath in court that CIA was directly involved in the murder and a cover up, which necessarily and demonstrably began before the murder, media still chooses to label anyone who questions such things as “conspiracy buffs” — despite the fact that major media was present in the court at the time to hear that critical testimony.
That the CIA-Operative witness had, within weeks of the assassination, come forward to FBI with the same material, and later, also testified to the Warren Commission — and all ignored the truth, does not make us “conspiracy buffs” feel any better about media or government. Apparently media prefers to continue to publish fiction as fact rather than admitting they were blinded to the truth from day one. Perhaps government simply finds cover up the only acceptable way of life.
Come to think of it, local media and government did the same with local murders undertaken by Portland Police. Despite abundant witnesses to the contrary, media blithely published verbatim as fact, Police accounts of the shooting of a young man named Shaw — an event which I have researched to conclusions contrary to their version of the story, as documented elsewhere. There was a similar conspiracy of silence with respect to the 104th and Liebe Street Raid.
There, National Guard, including a helicopter and an Armored Personnel Carrier (APC), was illegally used in an alleged drug raid, but this author has discovered was more likely connected to the murder of Shaw. Local TV station KATU was the only station covering the raid, a matter itself perhaps telling since their former anchorman was also a former Police Commissioner and current City Councilman. Civic-minded KATU edited in new questions to field interviews of the neighbors of Liebe Street, in effect reversing their answers to make them sound supportive of Police actions, instead of condemning… everyone on Liebe Street was outraged at Police, the Guard, and KATU, but media would not air their grievances, nor would any government agency.
Surely, this angered the Posse. It angered many people, especially because of the abuse of power exhibited by Police. That summer saw Portland host the Guns and Hoses Olympics, where police and firemen from around the nation came to visit. With competitions in sniper shooting and police dog attacks, there was also likely an effort to show off Portland as a modern and well-equipped Police Department. Perhaps, but some would point to statistics to show it one of the more deadly departments, with the best way to die of gunfire by Police was to call 911 and threaten to kill yourself. They usually finished the job that those less dedicated to the deed could not. Perhaps it was such things, both old and new, that drove Phil’s anger.
Perhaps there are many from my generation who cannot let go of our misgivings and outrage from such things as the murder and cover up of our President by our own government agents. Perhaps there are many who, at least secretly within, believe in their heart that that terrible act in Dallas was the first of many dark chapters — chapters sufficiently dark to suggest a fearsome future at the hands of their authors.
That we see and deal with seemingly endless supply of similar Federal abuses and lesser version on a more local scale, does not help. Some of our generation are moved to action, while others prefer the safety of quiet contemplation. For those of us moved to act, some choose the pen, as have I, and some of us choose the gun, as apparently did Phil. Phil himself deeply regrets his actions, which he says were driven by the dominating and abusive attitude of the officer. Something, he says, just snapped within him.
posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control
How do we judge such matters?
I cannot condone what Phil as apparently done. I can, perhaps, understand its root cause. Society must condemn his actions. In friendship, however, I am moved to point out that this is not a simple case of gun violence, as many in media have promoted with gusto. Indeed, there is no such thing. Gun violence is not a living thing which happens of its own volition. Gun violence is the result of a given set of life experiences and circumstances. In fact, those things would conspire to vent violent action even in the absence of a gun — such as stabbings or other assaults.
Those that believe the guns are the evil root should therefore also seek to take away all the knives, baseball bats, pillows with which to smother, stockings and ties with which to strangle, etc. Each case of gun violence deserves some degree of calm analysis towards possible prevention of future shootings — not a knee jerk call for seizure of arms. In analysis of Phil’s case, I suggest his actions were driven by something which those very actions themselves could not possibly well serve.
Could Phil have thought through the emotions that drove the instant, and looked beyond in some considered philosophical light, he might have come to the same conclusion. I would suggest to Phil that his enemy was not present when he opened fire. It was not present in the persons he shot, except perhaps by some misapplication of mere symbolism. They were most likely doing a tough job in a just cause. Nor was his enemy their leaders or those that worked to create agencies so troublesome to the Posse.
No, not these things, but far less tangible things. An unhappy history with no suitable answers of blame. A docile public apathy with unconscionable surrender of power to an increasingly errant and abusive government. A growing frustration with no means of proper release. A gradual loss of freedoms to a New World Order. A reasonable fear allowed unreasonable control.
Looking back, and talking to others, I wonder: how many of my generation have traveled so perilously close to Phil’s path? How many more of us are near the line he has crossed? Too many, I fear. A legacy, perhaps, of Dallas? A signpost, perhaps, of our future path?
posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control
* The second person shot was, of all things, an Explorer Scout.
Under some extremely inappropriate reasoning, the State of Oregon and the Boy Scouts of America have decided that it is appropriate to dress Explorer Scouts in full State Police uniforms, sans weapons, and put them on the streets and in patrol cars — on the front line against crime, unarmed, untrained, and often, unsupervised.
This deserves another article of its own, as yet another example of the growing Police State in Portland, Oregon. Here, in Portland, highway workers, Explorer Scouts, firemen, private security firms, the National Guard, and even gang members, have all been inducted into the general law enforcement umbrella in one way or the other. One has to ask, why?
I only wish that Phil had thought to ask such questions first, and not have shot, at all.
- New Effort To Curtail Posse Comitatus After Colorado Massacre (mountainrepublic.net)
Lessons we have ignored from fallen Empires, both in real history, and in popular literatureby H. Michael Sweeney Permission to duplicate granted provided reproduced in full with all links in tact with credit to the author and proparanoid.wordpress.com
government out of control, a fascist Police State
As it happens, there is a Facebook Group named I AM Brandon Raub. I have joined this group and the commentary there has prompted this article. Please consider this an invite to join, as well. In specific, this post is in response to the analogy made in the Group that we should all say “I AM Brandon Raub!” in the manner of “I am Spartacus!” So lets examine that, and other reasonings:
government out of control, a fascist Police State
Who is Brandon Raub?
Brandon, a highly decorated U.S. Marine, is the first to make national news of about 20 ex military persons targeted by the Federal government in their paranoia that We, The People, might choose to replace our government with one that obeys its own laws. That is to say, restore it to a fully Constitutional behavior. Currently, the Federal Government is outlaw not only to the Constitution and Bill of Rights, but in violation of the Magna Carta and many International conventions on behaviors relating to human rights, both in war and in peace. Don’t take my word for it as blogger, even mainstream knows it true.
On Aug. 16th, 2012, a small army of Gestapo Police, Secret Service, and FBI Agents knocked on Brandon’s door and took him into custody. Central to his arrest was Brandon’s Facebook posts, which I assure you, are far less critical of government than my own, and far less suggestive of dire future alternatives. I talk openly of the threat of revolution, Martial Law, and a Police State, where Brandon was more reserved, and says nothing but that which is patriotic and based in truth.
The difference is, Brandon is a recent retired Marine with significant combat skills, and I am not. Not just Brandon and the 20 others, but tens or even hundreds of thousands of recent veterans of Iraq, Afghanistan, and other deployments. You see, our paranoid government officially thinks ex military are going to become a fountainhead of domestic terrorist activities.
Actually, I think they are probably right to fear patriots, and have been trying to warn all concerned: where the actions of government are illegal and in violation of the Constitution, those with the training and skill to defend the Constitution and sworn to so defend it, ARE LIKELY to do so, if pressed to a point of last resort. The government has only two paths: forge ahead on their course toward a Fascist Police State and press the issue to an explosive tumult, or recant and find salvation in the Law of the Land, and restore Liberty to the ‘Land of the Free,’ a land falling well short of living up to the title.
In summary, and as proof of the problem, the following facts of the matter shall serve:
government out of control, a fascist Police State
a) Brandon was NOT arrested for what he said. He was arrested for ‘resisting arrest,’ but video of the event shows no such resistance. You cannot arrest someone for resisting arrest unless you first arrests them for some other charge. He was not given Miranda rights. He was arrested by local Police, and not Federal agencies. There was no other charge filed;
b) A County Judge dismissed the case stating the Petition for his Detention contained NO FACTS – NO REASON FOR HIM TO BE HELD. The Judge stated this was a violation of his civil liberties;
c) Federal agents still insist his posts are ‘terrorist in nature.’ Read his post, here, and you will see that all patriots are terrorists under government’s defective logic;
Note: Here is a remarkable video interview with Brandon by attorney and author, John Whitehead of the Rutherford Institute, so you can hear Brandon’s words, directly. Within it is the key section of the video of his arrest.
d) Regardless, Brandon was ordered placed in a Federal psychiatric ward for 30 days (but has been released short of that). Concerns were that he would be rendered a mental vegetable by chemical and shock therapies intended to neutralize him permanently, or at the very least become officially labeled as ‘mental’. The government believes that if you dare criticize government, you are mentally ill. That’s the same argument made (last paragraph in this link) in Iron Curtain countries to eliminate ‘intellectuals’ who opposed Soviet iron-fist rule. What does that tell you?
e) Family lawyers have been joined by legal council from The Rutherford Institute in seeking his release, pointing out that the legal document used in his rendition is problematic; that Civil Commitment Statutes are being used to silence individuals engaged in lawful expression of Free Speech. But the current outlaw government clearly has no concerns about Constitutional Rights.
government out of control, a fascist Police State
Say “I AM Brandon Raub!” in the manner of “I am Spartacus!”
Spartacus, a Roman Gladiator slave, led a revolt of Gladiators and formed an army of other slaves set free by force in the very heartland of the Roman Empire. In the end, as depicted in the popular film, Spartacus, the revolt was suppressed, and the survivors questioned to find Spartacus to be singled out for special punishment.
Spartacus stood up in arrogant defiance, but for naught. One by one, man after man with him stood in his stead and proclaimed as well, “I am Spartacus!” Their love and loyalty for their leader and their cause (Freedom) drove them, and so thwarted the Roman attempt. Well, “I am Brandon Raub in the manner of ‘I am Spartacus’.” I am as guilty as he of ‘terrorism’ for demanding a just government under the Law. I am as guilty as Spartacus for wanting freedom. What say you?
government out of control, a fascist Police State
Say “I AM Brandon Raub!” it in the manner of “I am John Gault!”
Ayn Rand‘s classic Novel (now a two-part film), Atlas Shrugged, shows the classic struggle between the forces of Socialism and Capitalism in their most simplistic and idealistic forms. Ayn had escaped living under USSR’s Socialist government to the U.S., where she found Socialism creeping into government, and wanted to warn us that ‘value given for value received,’ and ‘a man’s sweat and intellect are his own property’ should be preferred to ‘you didn’t build that’ and ‘those that have should give to the have nots.’
In her massive book, a work which profoundly influenced and changed the lives of many readers (including myself), a fictional plot element was the question found scribbled on walls and posted everywhere at large, “Who is John Gault?” There was no one by that name, in truth, but there was a man who lived the role, and the answer to the question was, he was the man “Who will stop the engine of the World;” to end the madness and restore sanity. In the end, those who understood and sought to right the wrongs joined with him in attempting to do so, each of them earning the right to say, “I am John Gault.” Well, “I am Brandon Raub in the manner of ‘I am John Gault’.” I want to stop the engine of errant government. What say you?
government out of control, a fascist Police State
Say “I am Brandon Raub!” in the manner of “I am a Jew!”
History is rife with examples of martyrdom for faith in the face of oppressive governments. Choose any faith you wish. I choose to focus on the Jews of pre WWII Germany, to make the point most evident in The Diary of Anne Frank. That point is best summed up in the oft quoted wisdom from Martin Niemöller, author of Gestapo Defied and, more subsequently made popular by Milton Mayer in his analysis of what went wrong in Germany, They Thought They Were Free. That book, by the way, with substitution of America for Germany, and various political figures and nomenclatures here in America for those of the Third Reich, could just as easily apply to our country, today. Are you so blind as to think otherwise? Read it if you doubt me, and know that I am not alone in the thought. But this is the quote which makes clear my point:
government out of control, a fascist Police State
First they came for the communists, and I did not speak out—
freedom of speech because I was not a communist;
Then they came for the socialists, and I did not speak out—
freedom of speech because I was not a socialist;
Then they came for the trade unionists, and I did not speak out—
freedom of speech because I was not a trade unionist;
Then they came for the Jews, and I did not speak out—
freedom of speech because I was not a Jew;
Then they came for me—
freedom of speech and there was no one left to speak out for me.
Had people spoke out… in unison… Hitler’s power would have been rendered futile, and his evil would have been exposed for all to see. But we all feel we are but an Ant against a man. But no Man could survive or attempt to war with ants if every ant swarmed as one body to defend their home and their right to exist. Well, I say “I AM Brandon Raub in the manner of ‘I am a Jew’!” I stand with my fellow men of good cause to defend their right to be and do as they deem best for them, as I would deem for myself. As if one of their own I lend my voice in unified SHOUT! What say you?
government out of control, a fascist Police State
I am Brandon Raub in the manner of “I am a TI Survivor.”
A TI is a Targeted Individual, which is to say, someone targeted by Political Control Technology (mind control). That can mean any combination of centuries-old methods such as gas lighting, dogging, and street theater (generally described as organized stalking), to modern methods such as Mob Flashing, Web stalking, and high-tech surveillance. Add to the mix bioimplants and electronic weapons which can simulate every known symptom of Schizophrenia, and you have the ultimate tool for rendering a victim a social, political, and financial zero guaranteed to be ignored by (everyone). This is particularly useful when the person is a whistle blower or otherwise knows something which could expose government corruption or evil deeds.
A TI survivor is someone who not only refuses to succumb to these tactics, tools developed and perfected, and employed by the intelligence community and military, and their corporate and other partners, but someone who stands firm and chooses to fight back as best as they can. I have the honor of saying I have stood with and helped TI survivors to survive for several decades, now. I know of no one more courageous.
Now Brandon Raub is also a TI Survivor, and will likely be subject to more exotic forms of such targeting as time goes on. Well, I say I am Brandon Raub in the manner of “I am a TI Survivor!” I refuse to let government get away with mental torture and to use ‘mental illness’ as a political weapon by ‘creating it’ where it does not naturally exist. What say you?
government out of control, a fascist Police State
Who are you, really?
Who do you want to be? A victim of tyranny left standing alone, or a defender of self and of truths profound standing with others of like mind?
Who have you been waiting for? John Gault? YOU are what you’ve been waiting for. You ARE John Gault!
Do you need a Sparticus to lead your resistance? Or does Sparticus need you? Brandon Raub is your Sparticus, and he needs you! You ARE Spartacus!
Do you need to see a whole class of people targeted before you say anything? Then you are too asleep to the facts; they have already come for religious Davidians in Waco, the trade unions are decimated, the far left and the far right, and even the liberals, the Tea Party, and Ron Paul supporters… and now the ex military. All have been conveniently equated as terrorists for the purpose, and subjected to political targeting and harassment by Federal agents. You ARE of Faith!
Do you need to wait until your very mind is under attack? Again, too late. You are under constant attack through disinformation, dumbing down, and wag-the-dog media manipulation (propaganda is mind control). Worse, Command Solo flies your skies, and other technologies which parallel its capabilities bombard our cities with who-knows-what control signals. When you choose to accept sound bites in lieu of researching for yourself, or, to flip the tables, when you choose to accept some blogger’s commentary (yes, including mine) or some other Web source as valid without checking credibility (e.g., useful verifying links), then you are already a victim of mind control. Recognize the truth: You ARE a TI survivor!
And therefore say I; if you are any of these things, then You ARE also Brandon Raub!
government out of control, a fascist Police State
What say you?
- I AM BRANDON RAUB (and so are you) (resourcemagonline.com)
- Why is Ex-Marine Brandon J. Raub Being Held in a Psych Ward and What Does It Say About Today’s America? (reason.com)
- John Whitehead Interviews Detained Marine Vet Brandon Raub (dprogram.net)
- HOT: Statement from Brandon Raub’s Attorneys (economicpolicyjournal.com)
You can always spot a conspiracy at work… was james holmes a patsy by DOD or CIA? whenever you see evidence of a cover up in playOur review continues from PART I, by H. Michael Sweeney, Copyright © 2012 all rights reserved. No reproduction permissions will be granted for the first 90 days. Links only, please.
In review: This in-depth series of posts will reveal startling new investigative issues for the first time, anywhere. The detail required to make concise arguments on a long list of critical elements forces it to be offered in installments. You may wish to subscribe to be sure you do not miss one along the way. Doing so, you will discover:
- Three motives for making James Holmes a Patsy with Fascism as benefactor, and two possible motives for targeting Century Theaters
- Easy link access to the key-most videos and images for each critical point of evidence presented in a logical, easy to follow order.
- Reasoning there were at least three additional helpers involved in a professional black operation backed up by even more supporting players
- Introduction of an actual political REASON for targeting The Dark Knight Rises (TDKR), a reason which fits one of the proposed motives
- 25 key questions missed by almost everyone, the answer to any one of which could easily provide reasonable doubt that it was a lone gunman event
- A walk-through narrative portraying an alternate scenario which fits all conflicting facts into a workable reality.
James Holmes was a patsy Part Two
James Holmes was a patsy
If you missed part one, click here
QUESTION 8: Who warned people not to use the EXIT in theater 8, and why? Tim McGrath mentions it, and I’ve seen but lost track of one other witness who confirmed the same point. Tim says the people in 8 were panicking and trying to leave. Toward the end of the clip he states someone entered the theater from the Lobby area and warned everyone not to go outside because the shooter was outside. Excuse me? How would they know this? If there was, WHO was it, because according to this witness, shooting was still going on in theater 9? Could this be misinterpretation or misunderstanding? I’d be open to the suggest except that it also happened in theater 10…
QUESTION 9: Who warned people not to use the EXIT in theater 10, and why? At 2:50 AM Channel 9 coverage has a witness from (by deduction) theater 10 who describes events while the shooting was going on in theater 9. We really need to pin down if it was theater 10, so here is the deductive logic thread: Someone came into the theater from the left entrance, and warned them not to go outside, again while shooting was still taking place. Theater 9 would be to the left of theater 10, and theater 7 would be the left of theater 8. It would not be logical to presume someone further away from events (nearer to theater 7) to either be criminally involved or otherwise inclined or able to perceive a need for a warning. Any such person would need be closer, so it had to be theater 10. So again, who and why… would someone issue a warning without basis for such knowledge?
QUESTION 10: Why were bullets going through the walls into both theater 8 and 10? A look at the theater diagram from the Denver Post reveals that it would be logical for some rounds to pass through into 8, but there are only two ways it could have happened in theater 10. Either there was a second shooter unseen because people were attempting to hide or flee with their backs to the screen, or James deliberately turned his weapon on the wall. It is also possible any second shooter went behind the screen to appear in the dark on the far side, making them hard to see, but only if they used a silencer to completely suppress flash. This would create a distinctive sound witnesses did not report, as far as we know. Only in a cross fire situation should bullets logically enter 10, as shooting the wall is illogical. Why would James waste rounds to shoot the wall, especially since his shooting spree was ended prematurely when his gun jammed? Has anyone counted the bullet holes and compared to the half-empty magazine?
QUESTION 11: Who wore the second gas mask and used the second rifle found behind the theater? We have multiple Police statements which confirm James was found in his car and had with him in his car, a gas mask, and three guns: an AR-15 rifle, a Remington 870 shotgun, and a Glock handgun, with a second handgun and the high-capacity drum canister for the AR-15 discarded inside the theater.
Yet we have photographic evidence, Police radio traffic (18 minutes in), and additional statements to the press which prove a second mask and weapon were found lying on the ground behind the theater. The gun was at the threshold of the EXIT door, and the gas mask was found all the way at the end of the building, some 150 feet away from the EXIT and Jame’s car, where ‘the shooter’ is first reported being seen. The gas mask is part of a whole other series of questions which are the most troubling, of all. So why did James bring but not use two rifles, and two gas masks? And why does that weapon show a standard magazine (the light gray forward appendage). We were led to believe he quit shooting because his drum magazine jammed (which he left inside). Curious, as I would have thought the gun would be sans clip of any kind.
QUESTION 12: Why did the shooter not shoot the first and most logical victim? Jennifer Seeger clearly describes on ABC, a rifle being the first gun used to shoot into the air, and then it was leveled at her, but the shooter paused and did not shoot. She dropped to the ground and he instead opened fire on the crowd behind her. The clues to the answer as to why may lay in the next few questions.
QUESTION 13: Why does one witness says the first gun used was a rifle, and another a shotgun? We know he had both a Remington 870 shotgun and an AR-15 rifle with him. Both witnesses state the gun used was aimed directly at them, and both were within a couple of yard’s distance of the shooter and near to each other, and both took cover quickly. There are several other questions regarding these accounts, but the bottom line is that there is both a visual difference in the appearance of such weapons, and a stark difference between them their sound when fired. It is inconceivable that one can misidentify a shotgun as a rifle some mere feet away, especially once fired. Does the 870 shown at right look like a rifle, to you? Does the rifle look like a shotgun?
We have already examined Jenifer Seegar’s account. Here is the shotgun account by witness, Pierce O’Farrell, in a Channel 9 report, In point of fact, he was immediately shot at and wounded by shotgun, twice — once before being able to gain cover, and the second while he lay low. All witnesses seem quite believable taken on their own, but I find a shooting victim with medical treatment confirming their story more credible than someone unscathed. Why two distinctly different accounts? Again, other questions may hold the answers…
QUESTION 14: Why did several witnesses stick around for more than a day and well into the night and even the next day after the shooting to be interviewed endlessly by local and national media, to include multiple appearances on a given media outlet? I raise this question because they both tended to use the same individualized phrases and hand gestures over and over, and both emphasize a lone gunman. In some cases, the cameras seem rather far back to insure we see the gestures. In fact, one of them goes overboard in his efforts, consistently waxing emotional to the point of tears. More to the point, the conflicting facts cited above play into the matter, and may be why more than one ‘conspiracy theorist’ has suggested these are paid actors intending to Wag-the-Dog.
Here is the man, Chris Ramos, on CNN. This is him on ABC. The others are Jenifer Seegar and her friend from the ‘rifle’ account just spoken of. She is seen here on ABC, and here on CNN. Her companion who frequently appears with her but who hardly speaks, becomes a kind of ‘silent confirmation’ to cement the reality of her statements. If these habitual appearances are not a Wag-the-Dog plot element, I’d like to know what they really are? Seegar’s not being shot and not knowing which weapon first was used suggests she was not actually present — but if that’s true, then the only way she could have known about the first shot being in the air would be if she was a participant with prior knowledge of the plan. There are yet other clues of Wag-the-Dog forces in play, as seen next.
QUESTION 15: How did CNN’s Wolf Blitzer manage to so quickly have available a slick 3-D computer-rendered, fully touch-screen interactive replay of the crime, and why was it altered between airings? His show, some 12 hours after the shooting, but only a few hours after witness accounts and Police statements useful for the purpose were known, provided the most comprehensive report yet available, and put EVERYTHING from the OFFICIAL STORY into clear context. Find it here, the third video down in the group of smaller videos toward page bottom. How did they mange to have this super sophisticated technology ready to go so quickly, unless prepared in advance?
I am additionally concerned because subsequent use of the same presentation in a later program is altered. The first presentation shows only James’ entry via the EXIT and the aftermath (e.g., the kicking in the door first impression). The second shows someone going to the EXIT from within the theater to the EXIT door, depicting them LEAVING, which NO WITNESS HAS DESCRIBED, followed shortly by the shooter’s entrance (as if not expecting someone would end up recounting the man opening the door, and thus it does NOT show him returning from the door, but vanishing). Witnesses specifically describe the man from inside as NOT leaving the theater by the EXIT and a significant delay before the shooter arrives.
You see the altered version here at one minute into the CNN video. This change took place after challenges to the ‘kick the door’ claims were taking hold on the Web, perhaps best exemplified by Alex Jones’ special report to that end earlier in the day. Yet the witness reports about the man opening the door (and NOT leaving) were known to media before even the first airing. Why was it not included in the first place if not Wag-the-Dog? Why was it subsequently altered to an INCORRECT depiction, later? Yet one more possible clue follows…
Was Aurora shooting a DOD or CIA operation?
The next installment asks these important questions:James Holmes • How did CBS News know to describe ‘buckets of ammunition’ before anyone had seen inside Jame’s apartment? James Holmes • Why did the shoot try to get into theater 10 after leaving 9 when his gun was jammed? James Holmes • Why was James so calm when arrested when the official reason is impossible? James Holmes • Why did James allegedly mail his attack plan to arrive well before the attack? James Holmes • Why did his Psychiatrist call Police when it was not delivered to insure they found it anyway? James Holmes • Why was almost everyone in James’ life connected directly or indirectly with Mind Control technology? James Holmes • And more… PLEASE: Comment (page bottom, or contact me), Rate (at page top), Share/Tweet this article. Visit my Reader Forum to promote your own cause or URL.
- Mind-Controlled Mass Shootings Don’t Change My Mind (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Lion Dance (a screenplay): How China Invades the U.S. via the Canamex Highway (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Six Dumb Arguments We’re Hearing About the Aurora Shooting [America’s Screaming Conscience] (gawker.com)
A parody of real-life mechanisms in conspiracy cleanup (coverup contingencies)by H. Michael Sweeney permission to duplicate granted provided reproduced in full and all links remain in tact, with credit given to the author and proparanoid.wordpress.com as source.
James holmes is a patsy in a false flag operation
Update Aug. 29, 2012: As result of the popularity of my multi-part post on the Aurora shooting which is the most exhaustive review of facts to date, and because of the revelations the investigation involved in the effort have afforded, this post is woefully inadequate and no longer reflects the true concerns. Therefore, this update is actually a major rewrite to make it more in harmony with the true facts, rather than the early conjecture available on the Web at the time of its first writing. Additions or changes heralded in red. Any original material remains in tact, but in
strike-through text, as I do not wish anyone to feel the material may have been censored for any other cause. Article begins:
Whenever the official story starts to have cracks in it, the cleaners go to work in Wag-the-Dog fashion, and power is applied to the weakest pressure points to make things ‘better for all concerned.’ As one CIA operative (one of the clean-cut train hobos at Dallas in ’63 set to cause a ruckus if the Grassy Knoll escape plan looked like it might be compromised) told me, “History is what we say it is, and it will not be changed by you or anyone else.”
Er… OK. But don’t fault me for trying the truth now and then, and forgive me with any liberties I take in the absence of good solid news reports full of details and hard facts… a matter which always makes me wonder what we are really dealing with…James holmes a mind-controlled patsy? Come the terror at night, or by day, the citizens Plight is, or it may, be which one is right, by what they say, who is guilty of the fright, and how shall we repay? I wrote that with Aurora in mind, but it applies to a long American history of dark bumps in the dark, does it not? James holmes is a patsy in a false flag operation
Added section: Ring: The receiver is lifted, but no greeting is offered, the Executive seated at the expansive desk in a plush office recognizing the calling number.
Voice on line: “The script will be ready on July 20. Adjust your plans accordingly.” The line went dead and the Executive hung up, and then dialed a number of his own.
Executive: “I’m green lighting Drum Roll. Production can begin at once, with a shooting date set for July 20. Make sure the cast and props are ready by then, and there are no problems in the storyboarding and rehearsals.” And then he hangs up.
Note: Double speak is the intelligence community perfected ‘art’ of speaking in the open about something by couching key matters in allegory or parable form. In the above example, we see how someone in the motion picture industry might talk about a film production… that was really something else… Drum Roll being the role played by the drum magazine in the shooting. Storyboarding means contingency planning, and rehearsals means that everyone knows the plan forwards and backwards. The script refers to the scheduled date of the theater shooting exercise which ‘just happened’ to be being held the same day of the shooting some ten minutes away off the same Freeway access as enjoyed by the Century theater. Interesting because high-risk intel ops such as would be true of a false flag operation, tend to employ a similar ‘drill’ for a like event on the same day and in the same city. This provides a cover operation so that if an operative is compromised, they will not be arrested and the plot can be aborted without exposure of the truth. End of added section.
James holmes is a patsy in a false flag operation
Ring: “Hello? News reporter here.”
Recognized voice: “The word’s going out to all our newsies… be sure to point out he had over $20,000 in high-tech equipment,
and have another story by someone else suggest there is reason to believe there were Islamic ties, and be sure to play up the gun violence angle. And be sure not to mention he worked on that DARPA* project to develop super soldiers. That U.N. Treaty must be signed!”
News reporter: “But the shooting just happened. There’s been no time for an investigation, yet. What’s our source?”
Recognized voice: “Don’t worry about that. Just say ‘sources close to the investigation,’ and people won’t be smart enough to know any better… except for the ‘conspiracy buffs’ which you already know how to deal with.”
News reporter: “Right. By simply calling them that and ridiculing them for it. Got to hand it to Walter Cronkite for making that work so well in the JFK thing.”
*D.A.R.P.A. Defense Advanced Research Project Agency
Note: Walter was ex Army intel, and would have been a logical go-to person as part of CIA’s Operation Mockingbird which infiltrated news media with, by various estimates, over 1,000 operatives from CIA or on their payroll under the table. Since JFK, no conspiracy investigation has made good headway because media keeps trotting this excuse to ignore the valid questions of civilian investigators and investigative authors, or Engineers, Pilots, and other professionals who come forward with challenges to the official explanations. As one well known Comedian like to say, “I don’t get no respect, you know?”
James holmes is a patsy in a false flag operation
Ring: “Hello, Police Public Spokesperson.”
Recognized voice: “You have to stop talking about the possibility of the shooter having help. He’s a lone nut, nothing more.”
Police Public Spokesperson: “But people are trying to figure out how he got he got the larger weapons into the theater and all that gear. We already have one witness who’s been quoted as seeing someone open the Emergency Exit for him.”
Recognized voice: “Don’t worry about him. We have that covered. And don’t worry about what people think. We tell them what to think. Just do as I say.”
Police Public Spokesperson: “O.K. If you say so. Has everyone else in the loop here been so advised, or do I need to have an excuse to pass along?”
Recognized voice: “The key people are our people. We have it all covered, just like L.A. with the RFK matter.”
Note: In Robert Kennedy’s assassination, the Radio Dispatcher who controlled what Cops did that day and the Chief of Police were ex CIA. No wonder cops did not pursue the Woman in the Polka Dot dress, and the L.A.P.D. destroyed all the evidence which indicated more shots were fired than contained in Sirhan Sirhan’s gun, and did not protest that the fatal wounds came from the other side of his body where Thane Ceaser, a security staffer to a CIA involved military contractor had been walking directly behind Robert at the time of the shooting.
James holmes is a patsy in a false flag operation
Door shuts behind the lone interrorgator (spelling on purpose), and he takes a seat before the exhausted man at the desk. Interrorgator: “You told our people at the theater that you saw
someone open the Exit Door for the shooter a second smoke grenade thrown from the opposite direction?”
Eyewitness: “Yes. I couldn’t see who
because it was silhouettes against the movie screen might have thrown it.”
Interrorgator: “That’s impossible. We know the shooter was a lone gunman, and had no help. We have lots of people lined up who are going to be saying they saw it differently.”
Eyewitness: “I know what I saw. I was not more than ten feet away, and
he crossed in it flew right in front of me.”
Interrorgator: “That’s not what you saw. The confusion and fear of the shooting has simply confused your memory. All you saw was
someone getting up to take a leak or buy some popcorn. He never opened the door was some action on the theater screen from the movie… your mind has simply played a trick on you and filled in the blanks.”
Eyewitness: “No. I’m certain.”
Interrorgator: “Listen, kid. I’m going to lay it on the line for you.” Grabs him by the collar and jerks him halfway across the table. “I’m telling you, and you’d better listen up real careful like, you didn’t see that, you were confused. If you tell anyone you saw that, something bad might happen to you. There are a lot of people upset about this, and some of them have tempers and are looking for someone to go after. They don’t think very clearly, and I’m trying to keep you from getting seriously hurt… or your family for the matter. Do I make myself clear?”
Eyewitness: “You’re threatening me? With those people watching behind the mirror with cameras?”
Interrorgator: “You’re Goddamn right I’m threatening you.” Slaps face. “I sent those people on break and killed the camera, but in five more minutes, I’m going to call them back and we are going to be asking you the same question I started with, and you had better damn well tell me you were confused, or you and yours have NO F***ING FUTURE.” Shoves him back into his seat. “Do we agree on that, or not? Because if not, I can’t protect you!”
Eyewitness: “O.K. O.K. You win. I’m confused. I didn’t see anything except someone going to get popcorn.”
Note: Something almost identical to this happened to witnesses at JFK, RFK, and MLK, as well as the Flight 80o shoot down. Witnesses are often ‘told what they saw’ and told they were ‘confused by events,’ to allow investigators to later say their initial statements were not useful because of duress under stress impacting their memory.
James holmes is a patsy in a false flag operation
Ring: “Hello, Fire Department.”
Police Department: “We need you to take a Ladder Truck over to the shooter’s place and look in the window for us.”
Fire Department: “Why? We’ve never done anything like that before. What’s going on?”
Police Department: “We just want to make sure its not booby trapped. You need to tell us if it is so you we can send the Bomb Squad out.”
Fire Department: “Did the shooter say something to make you think there’s a bomb?”
Police Department: “Uh… sure. Yea. Something like that.”
Fire Department: “Well why not just send the bomb squad.”
Police Department: “Well, uh… I’m just doing what I’m told. I think they want high visibility with the press. Uh… you know… to make everyone look good. You will look good. We will look good… on TV… our small community will look good on national TV.”
Fire Department: “Whatever you say, Chief.”
Note: At a disadvantage with no concrete facts, there may have been a legitimate reason for asking the Fire Department to participate. Yet they did eventually send the Bomb Squad in and the first thing done was to use robots. Did the robots go in the window? Not that I’ve seen on video. No, they went in the front door. How do we know this? Because we have video of the bomb squad breaking out a portion of the window which would have needed to be removed if using the window for insertion of robots… doing so from the inside after the robots had finished. So why would there not have been a booby trap on the door blowing the robot away? That’s the FIRST thing I’d booby trap if of a mind to booby trap anything.
James holmes is a patsy in a false flag operation
Ring: “Bomb squad.”
Familiar Voice: “Be sure to blow a lot of stuff up at the practice demolition site afterwards.”
Bomb squad: “Why not just use the portable unit we always take with us? There’s nothing here large enough to require the demolition site.”
Familiar Voice: “TV coverage. Want to look good on TV, don’t you? Besides, the order comes from the top.”
Bomb squad: “Fine. We can have the rookies get in some practice at the same time.”
Note: The portable units (Mobile Explosion Containment Units) can contain significant blasts, but are not necessarily used for on-site demolition of bombs. They would perhaps prefer to instead transport explosives to a demolition site, as the units provide increased safety for such transport. However, some devices might be judged unsafe for transport, and should perhaps be destroyed at the crime scene. WHEN MULTIPLE DEVICES are found, there are several interesting possibilities which drove my inclusion of this portion of the dialogs.
a) The devices were too large to detonate on site. But we know that is not the case because we saw them on TV and they were small explosions (keep in mind that they use explosive devices to explode the bombs, so whatever blast you see is necessarily larger than the bomb by itself would have been.) Further, had this been the case, they should have likely been too large for collective transport, exceeding the safe operating limits of the mobile unit. But they were not shown making multiple trips to accommodate multiple bombs, so we again know this was not the case.
b) Despite the number of devices, their cumulative potential for damage is collectively within the ability of the chamber’s ability to safely transport through populated streets. IN SUCH A CASE, the bombs would normally be disposed of at the bomb squad’s facilities as a SINGLE BLAST. But we saw video on the news of multiple blasts in close proximity. This CONFIRMS they were not big blasts individually, and should have been done as a single blast. Why not? I can think of only one reason: Publicity stunt.
James holmes is a patsy in a false flag operation
Added section: Ring: “Executive speaking.”
Voice on line: “There’s been a problem with that special script for Drum Roll. It hasn’t been received by the Publicist.”
Executive: “Well where the hell is it, then?”
Voice: “We think it might be lost in the mail room for some reason.”
Executive: “Well get the… ah, you know… the ‘Director of Security’… to go search for it, then. That’s an important matter useful to Advertising and Promoting Drum Roll to the viewing public.”
Voice: “How do I do that? What do I tell them is the reason?”
Executive: Pauses. “I don’t know. It’s your job to solve problems like this.” Pauses again. “But try this; tell the Publicist to call the Director and complain about a suspicious package… and use that to get Security involved. Use your imagination.” Slams the receiver with a curse.
Note: Director of Security is their contact in the Police Dept. The Publicist is the Psychologist, or someone acting on her behalf. For some strange reason, the Psychologist indeed contacted Police about a strange package which showed up on her desk with no name on it, which turned out to be nothing but a text book being returned by a student. The explanation was concern, after the news about the bombs in James’ apartment, that it might be a bomb from James — in which case I wonder how James managed to put it on her desk while he was under arrest. For an even stranger reason, Police then searched the entire mail room to find the ‘script’ James allegedly mailed explaining in detail his plan to shoot up the theater. Strangest of all is that it was sent 8 days prior to the shooting. End of added section.
Next dialog, and the last, most telling of all…
Interrogator: “O.K., James. You want to tell us why you did it?”
James: “Did what? Why I am under arrest?”
Note: Jame’s reaction after the shooting is no different than Sirhan Sirhan (RFK), Jack Ruby (Oswald), David Chapman (John Lennon), Arthur Bremer (George Wallace), Squeaky Fromme (Reagan), and John Hinkley (Reagan), and others: No attempt to escape, in many cases going limp or calmly waiting nearby for arrest. Many of them have no recollection of the event, or have a single line of ‘political’ thought on it which they repeat, or start to explain and then just at the critical moment, change the subject.
These are all known methods of dissociation symptomatic of programmed Manchurian Candidates who are incapable of ‘confessing’ the truth, as they genuinely are not aware of it. In this case, we know he simply waited in his car and put up no resistance. What we don’t really know is if he has told the Police anything at all, but must presume not, or it would have been all over the news in some form or another.
So I’m taking the liberty and risk to assume, here. Please forgive any Ass made out of You and Me thereby. If I’m way off base, I’d be just as happy with the thought you may have gotten some entrainment value from it… because if I’m not off base, we are all going to end up mad enough to bring down the government and lynch some people.
James holmes is a patsy in a false flag operation
Please rate this article at page top, tweet/share, and comment. All comments welcome, good or bad.
- Official Formula For Conspiracy Coverups (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
What activists, militia, gun owners, and EVERYBODY ELSE should expect
by H. Michael Sweeney
Regardless of your beliefs of your political stand, Kevin Bacon had it right when he uttered the line in the film, JFK; ‘The Fascists are coming back…’ When they do, they won’t announce it beforehand, they will simply execute the End Game scenario as I wrote of in my book set, Fatal Rebirth. That book, if it helps with your giving me any credence, predicted the World Trade Center being brought down by jet liners and resulting in a series of Middle East oil wars… and several other unfortunate events including an assassination attempt on a Presidential candidate, ALL OF WHICH came to pass.
So I have just one word to those who do not believe Martial Law or Revolution are in their near future… ‘fool.’ Sure, I could be the fool. But I’d rather be a fool who is prepared for something which does not come to pass than the fool who was warned but choose to be unprepared when it did come to pass. With that in mind, here is my best advice on what to do to be prepared, with three different levels of preparadness for three kinds of people — from ordinary folk to the nastiest criminal and terrorist.
In the last post of this II part series, I outlined some significant warning signs that we are headed in this direction. If you agree the risk exists, the next step is to figure out which level of preparedness is right for you…
Level III candidates:
a) Is anyone in your family likely on a list? Anyone who is an Activist or outspoken politically on the Web, or in the real World, a Militia member, a registered gun owner, or who is a member of select ‘extremist’ political or religious groups (you probably have a good idea of who you are, and yes, that includes Constitutionalists, right wing, left wing, and wingless groups), is on a list.
b) If anyone in your family was ever given the treatment by any Federal Agency other than IRS (e.g., FBI, HSA, TSA, CIA,DOJ) for ANY reason, valid or not, you are on a list.
c) d) If you are currently a Targeted Individual, you are on a list.
d) If you the sort of person who, if shooting broke out tomorrow, would likely join in the fray against government, even if not thinking yourself on a list currently, should consider yourself level III or you may be neutralized before you can act.
e) If you are an illegal or in the United States on a Visa, and you would intend to stay, you may wish consider yourself a level III, because depending on where you are from, you may be in for harsh and harmful treatment.
f) If you are a criminal or a terrorist, you should consider yourself in this group. But you can please ignore me and get caught, please, because I’m not attempting to warn you to protect you, but to warn others they are going to be treated as if they were you, because government fears them more than you.
Level II candidates:
Everyone who is not Level III but who is also not employed by or associated with a government agency, military contractor, critical service sector (banks, fuels, transportation, utilities, etc.), or not independently wealthy persons of influence and power, be it corporate, political, or public image (famous people). This means the overwhelming bulk of us.
Level I candidates:
Everyone else; those who are so associated or wealthy; the 1% and people they love.
How you should prepare
Level I and above: You must presume an inability to travel, work, or access your finances. Banks will be closed. We are talking long term. You should prepare ‘Earthquake kits’ or similar of foods, emergency items, water, and cash in low denominations. Careful. FEMA will be in charge and will consider more than one week’s supply ‘hording,’ which is will be seen as a Federal offense which can result in detention and confiscation of personal property. Does your wife can fruits or vegetables? Better not have too many in the pantry.
Be prepared to have your home ransacked in a door-to-door search looking for illicit items, stolen goods, weapons, pornography, or horded stocks. You will be asked if you have such things and if you answer ‘no,’ but they find some, you will be detained. If you answer yes, be prepared to provide immediate access.
You will likely have advance warning of at least a half hour, during which you can put breakables in a safe place and perhaps pull drawers out and place them on tables so they won’t dump them on the floors to inspect the innards of the furnishings. UNLOCK everything if you don’t want locks smashed.
Be prepared for all medications in opened containers to be taken ‘for analysis,’ so you will want to have a supply of new-sealed medicines in reserve, at least a month’s supply. Some such things like insulin would not be an issue, but pills could be anything despite what the label says.
Any politically incorrect materials could subject you to detainment. They will likely want access to your computers and make a copy of hard drive contents. It will do you no good to erase questionable items unless you are quite expert in the field and have the correct software tools. Anything questionable found could result in detention and confiscation of the computer. It, or anything else taken will never be seen again.
If you have a dog or pet, put it n a cage lest it escape in terror or be shot as a presumed threat. Chaining is only going to be potentially useful if the radius does not encompass a walkway or access to a structure, but don’t count on it. There is additionally the risk of their own dogs seeking confrontation (even encouraged to do so) with yours. There will be dogs, so stand where they tell you to stand and do not make sudden moves.
In some cases those doing the searching will not be trained Police or military, but gang members or bounty hunters, or other persons who have been given cart blanch to do whatever they want, including theft of valuables. A a safe deposit box would be advised. If you have a wall safe, I’d not put anything truly valuable beyond personal documents there. You will be asked to open it, or risk having it blown open.
Stay tuned to the emergency radio and TV channels… the only thing which will be working. While you cannot trust everything you hear, there, it is best to obey any instructions tendered. Remain polite and obedient regardless of any personal affront you may experience. Be dressed when they come as they may choose not to let you dress or cover yourself if naked, especially if female. Lone females should invite a neighbor over for protection against risk of possible sexual abuse.
Level II and above: While level I persons will generally be afforded some degree of politeness and some hope of being given a chance to resolve issues which might arise (such as uncovering pornography not admitted to when asked), everyone on Level II is considered expendable, and in the way, a nuisance. You must be prepared to be even more tolerant and cooperative, as if a prisoner of war (close to the truth).
You should plan on hiding anything you do not wish to be taken, such as valuables, reserve supplies, or weapons, especially since you will be more likely to be searched by gang members or by unethical agents than Level I. See special tactical section on how to hide things. There will likely be ‘tests’ of your character and political thinking in the form of abusive behaviors and odd unnerving questions. There may be stress analysis lie detection in use based on audible response, so try to be truthful as best suits your needs.
Level III: You may wish to consider the prior advice for your family members, but any persons who fit the criteria to justify this Level should not stick around. See Tactical Advice section on Escape Plans. If the reason for such justification was terribly serious (e.g., being a known Anarchist or politically incorrect person such as myself), you should consider taking immediate family members with you, or at least having an alternate plan for their safe evacuation of the area. Make clear there will be no contact between you and them for a considerable length of time, and that when it does happen, it will be by unexpected means to which they should not react to at all with surprise. For example, they should not call out your name. They should not discuss it with other family members without care from surveillance. I suggest a copy of my book, The Professional Paranoid which offers a long list of specific issues such as this and appropriate strategies.
Special Tactical Issues:
Hiding things: You should not expect to be able to hide anything in your home safely. Not only might they employ dogs, but metal detectors, through-the-wall viewers, FLIR, IR, and Ground Radar systems. Merchandise of late is rife with RFID tags which send out what is effectively ‘here I am’ signals on radio request, and identifies the item. Anything buried at a depth of less than 80 feet is liable to detection, depending on its size, shape, and materials, and type of detection system and operator skill. Anything that absorbs and retains heat with a different coefficient than the items within which it is hidden will be more easily seen. So what can you do?
Depending on the nature of the item(s) there are some general strategies which can be useful. Small things like CDR discs or similar can sometimes be disguised or hidden in a way not likely to be seen electronically or visually, but I prefer to take no chances and instead hide things off the property and at distance. Items underwater and additionally concealed within an irregularly shaped bundle of various content tend to be invisible, so still waters can be useful. Indoors, there are often spaces in public buildings where one can hide small things and be assured not even the cleaning staff will encounter them, such as on top of overhead ducts, within vents, in the crevices of stairwells, etc. These would be low-traffic places such as emergency exits, back stairwells, etc.
Running: Establish your route and destination in advance, and consider variations for daytime vs. nighttime, as well as for circumstances. If there are troops on patrol and checkpoints, for instance, you need far more stealth options. False I.D. is illegal. Having found someone else’s I.D. and having it in your possession is only questionable. Using one or the other is one’s own discretion, be it real I.D. or something from your computer, but sometimes, walking right through the enemy’s door is better than trying to go around it. Of course, being proficient in a Martial Art is not a bad idea, either. Just remember that a Karate chop cannot outrun a hail of bullets. The best defensive martial arts courses money can buy today is Isreali Krav Maga. For extra money, they will sometimes teach you offensive tactics.
Once you have a route, especially if requiring days of travel, hide key supplies or items along the route in advance. Have more than one location for each so that if you cannot access one for a given reason, you have an alternative. As far as destinations go, the Book Set Fatal Rebirth has some very interesting ideas about how to modify and bolster structures to resist assault, as well as how to create perimeters of protection in layered form. Similar considerations on layered defense are covered in my first book, The Professional Paranoid. But the best modification is an emergency exit to a hidden remote point and yet another escape route prepared in advance.
Fighting, defensive or otherwise: If there is ever a revolution to restore government from a military coup or similar as so many of us fear is on the horizon (because, for the most part, that Congress is too blind to see the error of their ways in belief that the Constitution has no function despite their oaths to support and defend it), one must have a battle plan. What follows are just a few of the initial things which can be found in Fatal Rebirth, which goes well beyond this short article to include Rules of Engagement and an actual Battle Plan. Of course, that book was mere fiction, albeit one written for the ‘far out and unlikely propositions’ of ‘what if they took over the country and we had to take it back?’
I have a lot more to say about such things in Fatal Rebirth, all of it legal advice. But this forum does not allow it to be shared quite so freely without risk of prompting retaliation. I may already have said too much. So be it.
Please look out for each other, even those who refuse to understand, including where possible those who follow orders persecute you. Know your enemy and their weakness. It is their mind. Attack that and you win without bloodshed.
- Military Viewpoint: We are Six People Away From Revolution (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Citizen’s Viewpoint: We are ONE Person Away From Revolution (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Will Obama impose martial law? (wnd.com)
- Compare 1776 to 2012 and Tell Me Where You Think You Live (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Pentagon Source Alludes to MARTIAL LAW Around July 1st 2012 (zionistoutrage.com)
- Are Feds Preparing for Martial Law? (godfatherpolitics.com)
- Dan Feidt: Military Prepares for Martial Law Takeover (VIDEO) (animalsclubfreedom.typepad.com)
- Will Obama Attempt To Declare Martial Law Before November Election? (pakalertpress.com)
- Media Beast To America: Bow Down To Military Police, Your New Lord And Savior (disquietreservations.blogspot.com)
Warning signposts, mostly from local media, which mainstream media deems not to share
by H. Michael Sweeney
Call me a fool if you wish for thinking such is in our near future, but I’d rather be that fool than the one who disbelieves and is caught unprepared for serious consequences. My next post will be on how to deal with the consequences of Martial Law, but it will not be for the squeamish. The following information, save some more recent incidents, is documented in my book set Fatal Rebirth (over 1,500 footnotes). Most are also documented in greater detail in pages and pages of example after example in my book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide. All stem from credible local news and agency resources and eye witnesses, myself included — serious matters all, despite a lack of mainstream coverage.
In addition to all of this, we have a report from theswash.com that the Council on Foreign Relations, which infects every part of government with members is proposing that the military take over Police duties in the United States. Now for the disturbing facts…
1) Fact set regarding surveillance:
a) CIA, in Operation VERDICT, has over flown major U.S. Cities with low-altitude RF-4CU surveillance aircraft for LAMP (Low Altitude Photo Mapping) specifically related to Martial Law contingency planning. More current information reveals LAMP can include multiple imaging technologies such as visible light spectrum (photos), IR thermal, and ground penetrating radar. Overlays can therefore provide complete visual information as to locations and routes of critical power and communications, sewer and water, and service tunnels. LAMP also allows 3-D computerized modeling of an entire city. This means that a very detailed set of plans for establishing the best command and control locations, checkpoint roadblocks, observation and sniper rooftop positions, and cutoff points for communications, water, and power to any given neighborhood;
b) local National Guard are using city neighborhoods for training in the use of small (palm sized to dining table sized) UAV (Unmanned Aerial Vehicles) for surveillance, and passing along information to Police in some instances, a serious threat to privacy;
c) the Pentagon is ordering 30,000 Predator ‘Surveillance’ Drones capable of launching missile attacks for use in American skys, and these have already been used by one County Sheriff to illegally (Posse Comitatus) surveil a man deemed a suspect based on a personal vendetta (Color of Law violation of civil rights);
2) Fact set regarding ‘training exercises’ by National Guard units in various states:
a) in door-to-door searches of whole communities looking for ‘contraband’;
b) in highway and street checkpoint set up and vehicle searches, including stopping and unloading of buses and full identity checks;
c) in night-drops from helo into suburban neighborhoods for sudden control of same, informing citizens they were in a military reservation, and in other communities, broad daylight practice helo landing runs on shopping area parking lots and school yards by groups of helos full of soldiers;
d) in occupations of small towns by psyops teams who interrogated the residents as if foreign hostiles;
e) in providing ‘disaster relief’ (Andrew and Katrina) which turned out to be psyops teams evaluating civilian reaction to pervasive military control;
f) in storming hi-rise buildings, in at least one case a joint exercise between U.S. and Russian forces along side of local Police, and in another case, live ammunition was used, and lots of it, while on the ground, military psyops teams controlled the populace as if the event was not a drill, doing so in the guise of emergency medical care;
g) in beach landing assault of a beachfront community;
h) in assaults of entire neighborhoods with armored vehicles and soldiers entering by foot from all sides through yards and holding every citizen at gunpoint — a joint-Police operation in violation of Posse Comitatus and in direct violation of a Judges Order;
i) in night-time low-level attack helicopter runs between hi-rise buildings;
j) in one instance an Air National Guard jet straffed a school building at night with live ammunition, and in another, the vacated home of a politically incorrect individual was hit by a missile from a helo;
k) in surveillance by U.S. Navy helos over inland highways using ISAR Radar capable of tracking the movement of hundreds of vehicles simultaneously;
l) in psyops ‘practice’ flights of Command Solo aircraft capable of brainwave manipulation and known to be used to say elections in Bosnia by Air Force admition after the fact. Operators of these aircraft have no idea what content is being broadcast.
m) in military occupation of portions of larger parks and public lands, generally threatening civilians to vacate at gunpoint, often speaking foreign languages in addition to English. Related reports include sweeps of entire regions of forested lands by units who hassled civilians and used GPS to map locations of survivalist camps and hunting/fishing cabins.
Note: In almost all instances above, no advance warning and no on-site explanations were being offered, causing significant fear, confusion, and risk of armed conflict, except that in most cases, soldiers guns were allegedly not loaded (some lies caught regarding that). Many of these same kinds of trainings have also been held in mock U.S. cities set up at various military reservations, where bleachers at key points were set up so that officials might watch the action unfold. Some of these exercises included joint military and Police training which included use of lethal force in some cases (building assaults).
n) several respectable sources have indicated that the DOD has established plans that if Martial Law is declared, units from each State will be routed to an adjacent State (generally in tri-state rotation) so that troops will not face anyone thought to be family or friends.
3) Fact set regarding road signs:
a) in most communities of any size, and at key highway interchanges, one can find numerous highway signs and signs for public sites have been changed from the traditional green to a shade of Army brown;
b) many other signs have been affixed with curious reflective signs on reverse (seen only when going the other direction) with various codesl
c) highway departments cannot or will not explain either sign anomally.
d) analysis by many persons including myself reveals these are military codes and indicators;
b) brown sign locations represent ideal sites for military control points along key highways with large areas for staging of vehicles or encampments.
c) sign codes indicate exit points to nearby sites which would make excellent helo landing points, providing visual cues for ground traffic intending rendevouz.
4) Bonus fact set semi-related CIA infiltration of public sector:
a) CIA assets have opened a special training facility in California where bounty hunters, CIA and other intelligence agency members, military, and police are trained in clandestine entry, surveillance, and marshal activities (assault) of the kind not allowed by conventional warrants and law, but useful in a Martial Law situation. It is by invitation, only, that one may attend;
b) based on consistent discoveries (again, in Fatal Rebirth) most Major U.S. Cities would appear to have a Police Chief, Public Affairs Officer, and Internal Affairs Head (and sometimes SWAT head) who are CIA operatives (in-place assets), many of which who have taken the above cited training. A high percentage of Police Chiefs are promoted into place from the other three groups, allowing a perpetual supply of operatives to be arranged for’
Note: I have certainly seen exceptions, but in cities examined more closely, estimate a 90% consistency. Of course, this is one which cannot be proven except by circumstancial evidence — but why would there be so much like evidence consistently available? Almost all these people have military or intelligence community backgrounds, have taken that training or similar, and have a lifestyle indicative of extra income (two paychecks for the same job), and many are outright ex-CIA employees. In my community, over the last three decades, ex-CIA employees have also held other key jobs (e.g., Port Authority, City Council), and yet others have run for Mayor, Governor, Senator, etc. I suspect this is true in all States and major communities.
c) several major cities have adopted a CIA sponsored initiative to deputize bounty hunters and gang members for special community related situations unspecified, though door-to-door searches have been implied;
d) deputizing of highway workers, sanitation workers, postal workers, firemen, and similar has been variously proposed in communities or Federal interests over the last few decades, some proposals to include arming and arrest powers.
Part II of this series: On Being Prepared for Martial Law or RevolutionIts one thing to be warned, but advice on what to expect and what to do about it, is better yet
- Compare 1776 to 2012 and Tell Me Where You Think You Live (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Military Viewpoint: We are Six People Away From Revolution (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Citizen’s Viewpoint: We are ONE Person Away From Revolution (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Dan Feidt: Military Prepares for Martial Law Takeover (VIDEO) (animalsclubfreedom.typepad.com)
- RightMarch: Obama Signs Martial Law Executive Orders (ConservativeActionAlerts.com)
Congress and the President are pressing their luck just like King George.
Do you even know where you live? This review will help you figure it out. In 1776 the colonists were upset about quite a few serious matters, though the one the history books tend to focus on is taxation without representation. That was just the tip of the iceberg, of course, as any scholarly review would reveal. I’m not all that scholarly (though the information here comes largely from a ten-year research effort in the writing of my four-volume book set, Fatal Rebirth, which fully documents the more key claims herein). On that basis, here goes…
Power of King George vs. Individual Rights
In 1776 King George held the power of life-or-death warrant over citizens without a need for illustrating just cause. Because of the Magna Carta, there was at least the requirement for a trial, but near indefinite detention was possible by delay in setting a court date; a useful tool for dealing with dissidents.
In 2012, King Obama has unlimited powers of life-or-death warrant which have reversed even the Magna Carta, not to mention the Constitution and Bill of Rights, and without illustrating cause, he may order a citizen to be covertly vanished by Military with indefinite suspension, or have them assassinated, tortured, or turned over to foreign powers for same; the ultimate tool for dealing with dissidents, called vanishing.
Freedom of Speech
In 1776 Sedition laws forbad anyone from criticizing the Crown, leaving one subject to arrest for so doing. This included books, newspapers, and public forums in town squares, where it was common for people to stand on soap boxes or provided stages and speak to whatever crowd might gather. Soldiers were always nearby.
In 2012, King Obama enjoys control of Media as benefactor of CIA’s infiltration of Media in Operation Mockingbird as well as centralized ownership of Media outlets by the Military-Industial-Intelligence-Media complex (MIIM). There is a continuous concerted effort in Congress to neuter our ‘soap box’ called the Internet, and a recently passed Bill bans effective public gatherings for protest of government actions. It is virtually guaranteed that when you do attempt public speech you will be hassled over permits by Police, and be videoed by FBI if enough people show up, and be at risk of agent provocateur tactics and Police assault and arrest. While full control of media access tends to neuter free speech, actual Sedition Bills have non-the-less been openly discussed as ‘a need’ in Congress. That is coming, and could end up in book bans and book burnings.
High Cost of Goods and Taxation
In 1776 the East Indian Trading Company, a kind of corporate partnership between the Crown and the monopolistic firm, was almost the sole provider of transportation of goods to America. As result, the cost of goods were already burdened with excessively high shipping costs, upon which the Crown imposed high tariffs. Goods from America to Europe also had to endure these charges. Ergo, Boston Tea Party.
In 2012 King Obama in de facto corporate partnerships with monopolistic banks, insurance, medical care, and pharma industries to covertly levy the largest tax hikeseen in the history of the World. The cost of all goods and services if further raised by additional hidden taxes in the form of inflation from printing of trillions of dollars of money in yet another corporate partnership with the banking sector. This form of massive partnerships in another time was called Fascism, a descriptor of Nazism. We merely call it Socialism, today, a subset of Communism. Ergo, the
Taxation Without Representation
In 1776 King George’s taxation upon the Colonies afforded no voice for American citizens in the King’s Court.
In 2012 there are only a small handful of Congressmen such as Rand and Ron Paul who have dared to vote according to their constituents wishes. All others are too preoccupied in their paranoiac fear of ‘terrorism’ to care what We The People think. Tell me then, who represents you in Congress? Really?
Freedom of Religion
In 1776 King George required that the Church of England was the only valid faith. This one fact caused a tidal wave of emigration to America, where it was hoped that one could worship as they would choose. In the colonies, however, attempting to exercise contrary faith anywhere but in your own home could result in court charges of both sedition and heresy against the Minister.
In 2012 King Obama is not quite there, yet. While the government has a history of persecuting and destroying (to include mass murder of Davidians) radical faiths, and there has been a consistent CIA and military backed effort to establish a ‘one-world’ religion which is more favorable to government needs, the worst Obama seems to be guilty of is favoring Islam, and false claims of Christianity to which he has repeatedly turned his back. His religious claims are, at best, as useful as his claim of citizenship.Note: In my Book MC Realities I document the movement more closely than the overview shown here, which fails to mention the details (as are in my book) regarding the role of the D.O.D. (Army Psyops) and CIA (mind control) in forming such a religious organization, all of it undertaken, as it happens, at the U.S. Marine facilities at 29 Palms and The Presidio. And that’s exactly where it is unfolding, today, but now in ‘civilian’ operation by fronts established for the purpose, the military reservations ‘given’ to them for same. More interesting is the fact that key efforts in the project were managed by avowed Satanist (his religion a known fact at the Pentagon) Michael Aquino.
Authority of Rule
In 1776 the claimed basis of Rule for King George in the Colonies was that he was first Christian Ruler to have caused the land to be settled, the authority given him by God to evangelize the heathen natives by the spread of Christianity. This was a charter given by the Church of England derived in turn from Rome. In order to legitimize colonies, the territories were to be purchased from the Indians in legal contract, and in turn, evangelism was to be undertaken. However, many colonies did not make such purchases, and the Church seldom undertook evangelism, and many Indian wars or massacres took place instead. The Crown did not obey its own charter or law, and thus had no legal claim of Rule other than by force of arms.
In 2012, the charter of power is the Constitution and the Bill of Rights, all of which King Obama has thrown out the window with the signing of a barrage of unconstitutional Acts. Moreover, since before Sept. 11 attacks, the United States government is continually guilty of violating its own laws, time and again. At best they band-aid the law with a new Executive Order or legislation after the fact, but often fail even to bother with that. The Federal Government therefore has no legal claim of Rule beyond the fact that the DOD on down to law enforcement still acts as if it does in complete ignorance of their Oaths of Office. In other words, by force of arms.
Right to Bear Arms, Troop Billiting
In 1776 King George billeted troops in the homes of Colonists without reimbursement for food and lodging expenses. While those living away from communities tended to be well armed, it was more common in communities to have an Armory where guns could be dispensed to residents in times of need against Indians, and then collected back afterwards. This was not gun control, as such, but practical logistics which tended to disarm many residents by convenience, since a musket cost a year’s wages.
In 2012, King Obama has no need to billet. Guns are required to be registered and it is clear that he intends to endorse the United Nations ban on guns and give up American Sovereignty in deference to a one-world government. This will require seizing of guns and the shooting of Americans who resist giving them up. This is one line in the sand which, if allowed to be crossed, will forever render all citizens subject to the whim of the King and those who control him (the New World Order). This IS TOTAL GUN CONTROL.
In 1776, there were no Police in the Colonies, as such, but King George occupied communities through billeting and enforced the Crowns laws. Soldiers were everywhere.
In 2012, King Obama’s military is prepared to execute Martial Law (the means by which door-t0-door gun seizure would be facilitated) in guise of a Declared National Emergency (e.g., terrorism, pandemic). The Declared Emergency has already been issued, and thus we are only six persons away from Martial Law. Soldiers will be everywhere, and you will not be able to obtain food, water, power, gas, or travel or work except from or by the approval of Military.
Patriots Considered Traitors
In 1776, King George considered our Founding Fathers and those who followed them to be traitors and held them liable to the Death Penalty. Why? Because he feared loss of power and income to the Crown and East India Trading Company.
In 2012, King Obama, the Congress, and the Military and Intelligence apparat all consider those who support the Constitution, activists, patriots, and the poor and disenfranchised as enemies of the state, often outright calling them terrorists and targeting them as such with surveillance, dirty tricks, and violation of rights to include targeting with electronic weapons of Political Control Technology. These people would today consider the Founding Fathers traitors as well. Why? Because government fears loss of power and income to its corporate sponsors.
Now, with the above in mind, tell me… WHERE do you live?
One question sums it up, along with a sentence and factoid. Do you live in the United States of America, the nation established and protected by the Constitution and Bill of Rights, or in a covertly established (de facto) NewStates of America ruled by King Obama in tyranny not unlike that of King George? If you say the former, you are a huge fool, and if the later, doubly so for doing nothing about it. The Constitution of the NewStates of America has already been written for such fools as we.
- Is America more exceptional today than in 1776? (salon.com)
- 24 Campaign Planks; H. Michael Sweeney for President of the United States? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Do We Need and Should We Start a Second American Revolution? (godfatherpolitics.com)
We all draw lines in the sand, knowing or not,
which if crossed, will see us engage in battle
by H. Michael Sweeney
I do not call for revolution. But I warn of it, and the why of it is quite obvious to me; too many of us, and in all walks of life, are openly using terms like Fascist, Police State, Dictator, Hitlerian, New World Order, and so forth. This should tell you the water is starting to boil. That governmentals fail to understand this mystifies me. Unattended, it will boil over, but so far, the only attention government is giving is to turn up the heat is to madly develop more Political Control Technology and Draconian measures as if believing they can absorb the spillage. So it behooves you, the reader, to consider just what lines in the sand might be important to you, as well as what your role would be in any such revolt. After all, you have three possible positions: stand for freedom; stand under the yoke; and attempt to remain neutral, each considered below.
This is the third in a series of blog posts about the likelihood of armed conflict in the United States to regain control of government and restore the Constitution. Other supportive articles have also been written before the need to write had been sensed, and have become more relevant thereby. The first post, What Does it Take to Start a Revolution discussed how scary it is that it takes so very few people to start a revolution, and how low the cost in life tends to be, and the role of government in its own demise. The second, Military Viewpoint: We are SIX People Away from Revolution, revealed that such a revolution may be forced upon us by the Military itself by seizure of government in a de facto military coup, likely involving a massive terror event, be it false flag or otherwise.
Note: The war on terror is about control; fear is license for control. That’s why false flag operations are repeatedly found through history to be an all-too-common principal means of empowerment to evil men. Ask Hitler, for instance, the archetype of today’s modern Fascist. Do not be so foolish as to think there are no such men in our military and in government. And, know they are Fascists, and tend to occupy all high places in time.
This post, though perhaps the most important of the series, concerns only one small aspect of topic. It reviews the ONLY matter which defines the individual’s role in any success of a revolution, and as important, the ability for them and their family to well survive it. In other words, your very life and the future of your nation rest on this one small thing: how will you know when the day comes, that day the military thinks is inevitable (as do I), and people start to pick up their guns and say, ENOUGH! And, what will you do about it? Fortunately, guns are not the only answer.
That moment of decision can be different for each one of us; the defining moment when government crosses a line in the sand we have premeditated or which we may not have foreseen, an event which pushes us to that state of no return. When that happens, the individual starts working in full measure for the downfall of tyranny and restoration of freedom. Some have already reached that point. Hence, the phenomenon called Anonymous. Thankfully, there has yet to be any shooting or other violence of consequence from any quarter, certainly not Anonymous, who carefully points out the folly of it.
That could change overnight. It only takes one lone, frustrated individual to make a mistake… though history proves it could also be the right thing if the right circumstance, reason, place, time, personages, result, and consequence. But I for one, would hate to try and second guess that much risk and any ability to control it to predictable outcome. I have no bravado for foolishness, and would discourage others from presuming for themselves such a fearful and dangerous confidence. Yet I hold my breath because, as singer Phil Collins has so well sung, ‘I feel it in the air…’
On remaining neutral when it hits the fan…
From government’s viewpoint, you are either for them or against them. Those who are neutral (pacified or fearful to move) will be viewed with great suspicion and dealt with accordingly. The likelihood of being able to remain neutral without joining in the revolt is slim, because being neutral will mean targeting of the sort likely to cross a critical unstated or belated line in the sand (e.g., detainment and questioning most unpleasant, confiscation of property, denial of employment, etc.). There is even less a chance that you would ever be allowed to join government’s side, as you would not be trusted. The longer one waits to decide, the more dangerous their position becomes… neutral could be the worst place to be of all.
On standing under the yoke
Unless in an active support role (e.g., a Policeman, vocally supportive public person, etc.), your only value to government is that you are not an opponent, but it does not mean you are not in the way. On the one hand, you are acceptable collateral damage if unfortunate enough to be standing in-between them and the opposition in a conflict. When they cannot visually discern which you are with ease, they presume you guilty by the association of presence. This is a very dangerous role to undertake, because on the other hand, if you stand with government in opposition to the Constitution and openly support tyranny, those in revolt may deem you a viable target for retribution.
This results in a kind or risk of being caught in the cross fire, despite intentions of seeking a presumed safer position. I would not want to be in this category unless so high on the food chain that I was well protected by armed men… presuming I was so faulty in my thinking.
But then, high-powered crosshairs tend to easily bypass and render moot such protections, a cold hard fact.
On opposing villainy
This is the more enviable position in any logical review, and is in my opinion why successful revolutions tend to succeed with minimal loss of life. You know where you stand and it is not under the yoke. You know who you trust and you have allies you can count on solidly. But, of course, you have a clear and present danger against which you must steel yourself. If one would read my book set, Fatal Rebirth, there is advice to such persons on how to better defend and more wisely prosecute a successful effort of survival and victory. But do bear in mind it was written as fiction some two decades ago (predicting 9-11 and resulting Middle East oil wars) and was talking about a revolution forced upon the people… a bit like we are starting to face today. This is what makes knowing about lines in the sand so important.
The other reason this stand is more logical, is that in full-out revolution, the forces of the other side tend to switch sides as time passes. Elements and whole units of Police, military, and their supporting or directing resources start to see the light, either because they are being educated by what they hear and see happening, or because they start to see who is going to win. They bring real hardware assets with them for use against those still opposing. I seriously doubt, for instance, that many in the U.S. Air Force will stand by and let the U.S. Army use helicopter gunships and tanks on protestors, as indicated as likely according to Army manuals on dealing with civil unrest here in America. Clearly, that’s a crossed line.
Lines in the sand
For some citizens, such lines have already been crossed, perhaps again and again, and they are already actively working to destroy the corrupt government or prepare for the day when the point of no return comes. This even includes secret organizations operating covertly within the branches of the Military, for instance. Government is rightly paranoid, for they have made themselves enemy to their own. They have forgotten the most basic principle of their charter (the Constitution and Bill of Rights), which is that they are supposed to be a government of the people, by the people, for the people. Instead, they see themselves as a government over the people, and continue to usurp more and more power without regard to the rules of the charter (law of the land). A government which no longer obeys its own law is an outlaw awaiting a day of reckoning, and deserves no mercy.
We should perhaps review lines already crossed, because they happen so quickly and generally so quietly that most are unaware of at least some of them. There are, in fact, so many that rather than attempting to list them, I will instead simply cite other posts which are their own lists, as found in the Related Articles at page bottom).
For most of us, however, while we may grumble that a given action or law already upon us was criminal or unjust, it did not cross a line we had set, and only served to heighten our awareness (which this blog series also attempts). We sense something is intrinsically wrong and are starting to wonder what we should do about it. We are Sheeple starting to wake up, but yet dazed and confused, by and large. We are frogs who. though quite concerned, are not yet quite ready to jump out of the water as it nears boiling. Only those who do can have a chance to survive the experience, sadly.
Those of us less confused have already awakened and defined lines in the sand. I first stirred in 1961, when as a high-school Freshman, Eisenhower warned us about the Military-Industrial-Complex in his Farewell Address, now the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex. I was more rudely fully awaken when that very Complex killed John Kennedy, and later, his Brother, Robert, and then Martin Luther King, and thus I started formulating lines in sand. Others will not awake or realize such lines exist until it is too late to usefully do so, and they have been crossed to no good end. What a rude awakening that will prove to be!
My personal lines in the sand
Martial Law and Suspension of the Constitution: There are variables in any such action which may or may not validate the event as worthy of sparking revolt. Read the prior post and the hesitancy will make a lot of sense. At the very least, however, any such event will force people who see the danger present to take steps to prepare for their defense and assure they retain an ability for offensive capabilities, because you can bet they will go door-t0-door to collect our guns.
Three key questions would be: are they relocating National Guard units to neighboring states, calling in the United Nations (real and/or bogus U.N. troops), or segregating units and sending some troops home and others abroad from the same units? Any of these three steps indicates an intent that there will be shooting of Americans who resist, per the prior article’s proof and the earlier cited proof from an Army manual.
Note to activists. You are already on a list of people to be watched. If Martial law is declared, there is an extremely high likelihood that all such persons will be rounded up and vanished. So THIS should DEFINITELY be one of your lines in the sand. Have an escape plan, as do I, and establish a network which will give you advance warning, because the roundup will take place BEFORE the actual announcement and commencement. The NDAA assures you of that.
Mandatory chipping: any order requiring a National ID Card, perhaps disguised as a driver’s license or health card, or actual implant of a biochip such as Digital Angel by Verachip, a CIA proprietary will set me off. These steps will allow unlimited tracking of individuals and are essentially THE Mark of the Beast or their forerunners, all of them based on RFID technology. When Biblic End-Time prophecy itself is fulfilled by government, the end is near, and the revolution which follows is not to save the nation from tyranny, but the World from the Antichrist and Armageddon. That kind of raises the stakes, does it not?
Calling for a CONCON and installing a new Constitution: A ConCon is a Congressional Constitutional rewrite effort whereby Congress can create whatever government they wish. As mentioned in the prior article, The Constitution of the NewStates of America has already written by a CIA think tank, so they need only ‘sign off’ on it and have it ratified. That’s why they have worked so hard to gain control of individual States in elections. If pressed, I could cite several examples where CIA sponsored candidates for Governor and State and Federal Congressional posts, and so forth, have been fielded. Bribery and blackmail work well on yet others. So if they hold a ConCon, you can bet the ratification is not far behind, no matter what you or I might say or do to argue against. Such a document will enable the North American Union, and be a stepping stone to a one-world government, which in turn enables the seating of the Antichrist. Really hot water, again.
A Pandemic and forced inoculations, or closing the borders: The topic is far too broad to be covered well, here. But my research into the 50 Dead Microbiologists as detailed in Fatal Rebirth, and a mountain of other material which has since become public, convince me that any such Pandemic is merely a tool to seize power, and it will very quickly escalate to include Martial Law, and all that goes with it. I fear that the inoculations will be a death sentence for the Politically incorrect, and a means for vanishing us. There is also a significant possibility it will allow covert injection of race-specific pathogens to target Muslims, Blacks, or Asians. Such terror bio weapons have been developed. Closure of borders is a sure warning sign that events akin to these concerns is about to come down. I have a contingency in place. Do you?
Sedition legislation or executive orders or other takeover or closure of the Internet: If they move to make it illegal for citizens to criticize government, or take away our ability to freely do so without penalty or censorship by decree or technical means, it is war. Period. For me, as an author and activist, that also means any assault on my personal ability to so outreach, such as shutting down or seizing my server or taking actions (e.g., dirty tricks) to destroy me financially.
Currently, for example, I’ve been hit with a huge tax bill out of the blue which I have no hope of paying off in the manner being demanded. While I have friends who have owed more than this for more than a decade, I’m being asked to pay it all off within a year. It’s only a few thousand dollars, but I’m unemployed more than two years, now, and, because of disability and my age, not likely to find a job. If they force the matter with garnishment of my Wife’s meager income, the hardship would likely foreclose on my ability to make myself heard. Anyone have about $6,000 they don’t need? I could handle the tax on that. I take PayPal, by the way 🙂
Any personal attacks against me or my family: This I suppose is a kind of catch all. Being arrested and subjected to TSA/HSA/FBI style abuses, for instance, might represent such a line. More likely, however, depending on outcome and steps employed, it will merely make me martyr and sponsor a growth in my following which makes me more dangerous to their tyranny than I am now. So I’m not expecting this to be a problem, though I have contingency plans in place. So should you, if activist.
What lines will you draw, how will you respond if crossed?
I cannot speak for you. I cannot tell you what to think, or what to do. I can only warn you that if you do not draw a line, have it in mind, and speak openly about it with others, you risk that line being crossed and catching you unawares. As stated earlier, that is not an enviable place to be. But by being open, you and others become aware, including government. They need the warning, you see, that they might understand that they are playing that game of Russian Roulette every time they elect a Draconian act. At some point, we might reasonably hope, they will see the error of their ways by our vocal protests, and recant. That’s what being a Citizen is all about; effect government by your voice — not just at the ballot box, but in polls and blogs and Facebook and Twitter and face-to-face with everyone you can.
In the face of tyranny, activism is not an option if you want freedom instead
So you see, none of this dialog, nor anything in my book, is calling for revolution. Instead they seek to avoid it by warning of it. Not warning just you, the reader, but those in government who need to hear it most. Also understand ONLY YOU can make that so, by in turn engaging in such dialog with others. Smokey the Bear might say, ‘Only YOU can prevent Fascism.’ He would be right. So be mindful, be active, and be prepared.
If a line is crossed, consider your method of resistance. Some will choose the gun. Others will find other ways to fight, many not involving combat at all. All will be aggressively targeted by government, but few will be easily defeated if they have contingency plans in place and networks of allies. PLEASE, if considering what you will do, especially if aggressive in nature, read Fatal Rebirth, because it contains logical rules of engagement intending to reduce loss of life and assure popular support. It covers both defensive and offensive considerations. Again, keep in mind it was written as fiction and not calling for revolt, but depicting what might happen if government forced it. Still, the great bulk of it is appropriate for tactical consideration in exactly such a case.
I hate that it should prove so.
The other side has blinked, their wall of deceit cracking
There are signs the edifice of tyranny is starting to crack under our constant cries of unjust an unconstitutional behavior. They blinked when the 99% took to the street, but then played Russian Roulette and passed a law making such protests illegal when inconvenient to government. The World-wide protests have made the NWO realize they cannot continue their power hungry course without opposition. This makes them exceptionally dangerous and unpredictable, perhaps forcing them to move their plans forward while their strength is still in tact. If you don’t know what lines in the sand you will not allow them to cross, you may fall victim if they do. Beware. Be informed. Be alert. Be ready.
And I’d like to help. I’ve lifted the copyright restrictions on Fatal Rebirth and reduced the price. I assure you there is a wealth of more solid, useful information there than in all my blogs and tweets combined. If buying the ebook set on CDR, the purchaser can copy and distribute it to others at no charge. There are stipulations. Learn more, in this post on Federal Reserve criminality.
Please comment with the lines in the sand you feel important!
- Military Viewpoint: We are Six People Away From Revolution (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- What Does It Take to Start A Revolution? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Do We Need and Should We Start a Second American Revolution? (godfatherpolitics.com)
- On Routine Political Assassination of U.S. Citizens; a Simple Remedy (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- 24 Campaign Planks; H. Michael Sweeney for President of the United States? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Guest Post: Americans Are Being Prepared For Full Spectrum Tyranny (zerohedge.com)
- We Live in a Gestapo State (lewrockwell.com)
- Stand Your Ground: Revolution of the Working-Class (fidlerten.com)
- Obama’s DHS Monitors Liberty Loving “Terrorists” (freemadd.wordpress.com)
High Ranking Military Says Martial Law Likely,
Armed Conflict with Citizens On The Horizon
by H. Michael Sweeney
In an earlier article we reviewed just how easy it is to start a revolution, how few people it takes, and how remarkably little it can cost in lives. That was based on such a revolution being initiated by popular revolt of the people. In this article, we examine the possibility that such a revolution could be sponsored by military action, either an outright military coup against which the people rally in protest to restore the Constitution, or in which the government is indeed taken over and becomes a military police state without useful resistance. I sure hope neither path could be true, but there is a lot to make one wonder…
In my book, Fatal Rebirth (proparanoidpress.com), I quote U.S. Army General Tommy Franks on this topic. You remember him? He’s the guy that commanded the flame throwing tank at WACO that first injected lethal gas into their underground bunkers where the children and women were, and then burned most of the rest of the Davidians alive.
You know BATF were pretty badly threatened by those darned Bible thumpers, because all the videos showed gunfire in only one direction… in. Not one bullet hitting a vehicle or the ground from which the ‘good guys’ that later bulldozed the place and concealed all possible evidence were shooting from. Here’s my footnote from Fatal Rebirth on what Franks had to say on topic.
4 Newsmax, Nov. 21, 3003: US Army General Tommy Franks, who led the coalition invasion of Iraq to oust Saddam Hussein, is reported to have described in an interview to be printed in the Dec. issue of Cigar Aficionado, that the results of another attack by terrorists with weapons of mass destruction would result in our Constitutional form of government being replaced by a Military government. Don’t cry for us, Argentina!
An aside about the tank at WACO. That tank came from the local national guard which had a number of units ready to go, and one unit that was in the shop. Why, do you suppose, did Franks, instead of having them get one of the tanks ready to go, to instead send a truck for the tank in the shop… which he then had trucked to a CIA/DOD contractor for ‘special work,’ and then sent directly to the Davidian farm? I hope you have nothing in your hand to throw at the computer screen when you read the answer…
Because the tank in the shop was the only one on the base that was a flame throwing variant. This was all reported by activist/lawyer Linda Thompson, who even acquired the serial number to prove it. She also reported that the few survivors were not taken into BATF custody, but to the same CIA proprietary where the tank was modified for ‘rigorous debriefing.’ That’s how you get the really good confessions!
Franks is not our only source. The above cited footnote was in a section talking about the military’s use of the “Shoot Americans questionnaire‘ given to various military units which I reproduced in my book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide. Of course, the military called it a ‘Combat Arms Survey,’ and claimed it was not official, used only once with a room full of guys from one unit, and intended only to help some Lieutenant write a thesis. Too bad GIs began popping up out of the woodwork at dozens of other units and multiple branches of the military to counter those claims, or we might actually believe the DOD tells the truth once in a while. Operation Northwoods had nothing to do with Sept. 11, right guys?
This ‘one time’ thingie was a ‘rating’ questionnaire, which means that answer choices were ‘Strongly Agree,’ ‘Agree,’ ‘Disagree,’ ‘Disagree Strongly,’ and ‘No Opinion.’ Check out some of the questions, some paraphrased or concatenated for space conservation. The first batch relate to use of military for illegal use against citizens in violation of Posse Comitatus:
Do you feel that U.S. combat troops should be used within the United States for (several things to be answered individually followed): Drug enforcement; Security at national events (e.g. Olympic Games, Super Bowl); Substitute teachers in public schools; Federal and State prison guards; National emergency police force; Advisors to SWAT units, FBI, BATF, etc.
A number of questions related to United Nations loyalty
U.N. Combat troops should be allowed to serve in U.S. military training exercises under U.S. command or vice versa? The President of the U.S. has the authority to pass his responsibilities as Commander-in-Chief to the U.N. Secretary General? I feel there is no conflict between my Oath to serve and serving as a U.N. soldier? U.S. units should be permanently assigned to the United Nations? I would swear to this oath: “I am a United Nations fighting person. I serve in the forces which maintain World peace and every nation’s way of life. I am prepared to give my life in their defense.”
An aside about United Nations involvement. For more than twenty years there has been an unending stream of concern that U.N. Troops might be called in to suppress U.S. Civilians in a civil unrest situation. We can thank, I suppose, Henry Kissinger for the fear, because it was he who said, “Today America would be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order. Tomorrow they will be grateful! This is especially true if they were told that there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then that all people of the world will plead to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well being granted to them by the World Government.”
He is frequently quoted as saying that at the 1991 Bilderberger meeting. If you don’t know who they are, stop reading and close your eyes some more. It will all be over before you know it. In part perhaps, because over the twenty years there have also been a steady stream of reports and photographs of fleets of U.N. vehicles on truck convoys, long trains of flatbed rail cars, and stored in massive lots behind guarded fences protected by Men in Black. The Spotlight newspaper in Washington, D.C., now defunct, was awash with them. The thing about these U.N. vehicles is that they were almost always WWII U.S. issue or Soviet surplus, neither of which are used by United Nations troops. So if and when you seen them deployed, know that whomever is driving them is NOT a U.N. Soldier. Hmmm… Such disguises in times of war (revolution is war) calls for a firing squad.
In all, there were 46 questions. The last was the big one:
The U.S. government declares a ban on possession, sale, transportation of firearms. After 30 days to turn in weapons to authorities, a number of citizen groups refuse. I would fire on U.S. citizens who refuse or resist confiscation of firearms?
The final tally?
The answers to the test (the original bunch of guys — 264 in all) were scary: 1 in four Marines would shoot you. Four out of five will Police you at Super Bowl or hassle you for drugs. And 85 percent of them would happily become a National Police force. Apparently very few had ever heard of the Posse comitatus Act of 1878 forbidding military use against citizens without declaration of Martial Law.
All of the above crap, from Franks to the questionnaire, evolves out of something called the Revolution in Military Affairs, or simply RMA; the notion that the mechanics and nature of warfare have changed so much because of advances in technology and societal change that it was time to examine the military belly button. What they came up with was scary as hell, and it is expressed in a whole new catalog of military terms never before used. I list rather a lot of them in the Defensive Field Guide as part of a list of 500 Political Control Technology terms and technologies. Here are just a few of the RMA terms which reveal military’s thinking about their role and yours in our near future. You won’t like it.
People’s War.This term first appeared in an article on RMA in Parameters, the Army War College publication. It was quoted in The Spotlight, now defunct. From memory I paraphrase with no liberties taken. None are needed. It stated that People’s War was one of the most likely kind of war on the immediate horizon that would be new and unique. It defined it specifically as combat with Constitutionalists, ex military, survivalists, the poor and disenfranchised, and patriots. Excuse the hell out of me? How does that jive with their oath of office? Why should we allow them to retain force of arms with that kind of fuzzy logic running around loose under their helmets?
Here’s another term. 21st Century Politico-Military Force Matrix. That means that there are a range of alternative ‘forces’ which can be applied by politicians against a target group (e.g., civilians) to effect and enforce ‘policy.’ Police, military, intelligence, lethal, non lethal, psyops, disinformation, and on and on, are elements which can be employed: He who uses the best and most appropriate choices wins. Yeah… like Franks won at WACO!
But what does this all have to do with six people, and who are they?
Simple. The five Joint Chiefs of Staff, and one other person are the six, and they are all that is needed to launch a takeover via martial law in this country. The sixth could be any one of several people. The President of the United States is the most logical sixth, but the Vice President and the Speaker of the House, and a finite list of others could also be the sixth depending on who is incapacitated in that list, be it intentionally arranged for convenience’s sake, or by happenstance. But that is not all.
There are numerous laws passed by Congress and Presidential Executive Orders which have been passed to create and activate FEMA, the Federal Emergency Management Agency. Currently, the United States still stands in a State of Emergency declared by President Bush for 9-11 which has never been rescinded. Technically, the head of FEMA could arbitrarily pick up the phone and arrange for martial law, but again, this would not likely take place without first eliminating the President. In fact, a terrorist event which eliminated the President might be just the things… allowing both Tommy Franks and FEMA to go marching along the same goose-step toward a Fascist police state. Of course, it could be FEMA which gets the phone call from someone in the Pentagon… “We are going ahead according to plan tomorrow morning at 0800 Zulu.”
Welcome to the NewStates of America. Oh, didn’t you know? The Constitution of the NewStates of America has already been written. Remember Bill Cooper, former Naval Intelligence Officer turned whistleblower. He uncovered it. You can find it in his book, Behold a Pale Horse, or in my book, Fatal Rebirth, where it is fully analyzed to reveal the Fascist tool it is. Bill said they spent $25M writing the document at an intelligence community (NWO) sponsored think tank. You don’t suppose they would go to all that trouble if they didn’t think they had a way to use it, do you?
Now take a look at the final post in this series: The Citizen’s Viewpoint.
- U.N. ATT treaty, if ratified, would surrender U.S. sovereignty by shredding the 2nd amendment (illinoisreview.typepad.com)
- What Does It Take to Start A Revolution? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- U.S. soliders forced to wear U.N. logo? (wnd.com)
- ‘Newly Leaked’ Army Manual Trains MP’s to Kill US Protestors – Without Firing Warning Shots (patriotsandpaulies.wordpress.com)
- 24 Campaign Planks; H. Michael Sweeney for President of the United States? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
- Army Begins Training MPs To Drive Tanks on U.S. Streets (zazenlife.com)
- Russian Troops To Target Terrorists in America As Part of Drill…Joint U.S.-Russian anti-terror exercise stokes fears of martial law… (projectworldawareness.com)
- Real Red Dawn? US Calls for Russian Troops To Take and Hold Denver Airport (survivalblogs.com)
- Has the POTUS declared Martial Law in America? (greenreview.blogspot.com)
- Media Promotes Troops On Streets to “Cut Down on Crime” (informationliberation.com)
A Privacy/Security Consultant’s Personal Advice in ten stepsfarcical advice, that is, by H. Michael Sweeney permission to duplicate in full with all links and credits in tact, and a link back to proparanoid.wordpress.com hereby granted
How to deal with terrorism by Obama bin Laden
Updated Sept. 16, 2012 to add 8th ~ 10th Steps, and supporting links and notes
In the face of the horror of September 11 and all the dire plots thwarted or predicted since that time, what can you do as an individual to best deal with and be prepared for terrorism? With seven books generally on topic, here is my considered professional advice in answer to that question:
1) Yawn. Even including the casualties of Sept. 11, you are statistically in far greater danger of being killed or seriously injured by a Policeman or National Guardsman than some crazed and largely imaginary terrorist. That is a fact. They would have to pretty much wipe out all of Los Angeles in order to have equal odds.
2) Prepare for the worst. Even though the Terrorist is not likely to get you, there is a growing threat to your personal security and longevity which is tied to the ‘terrorist threat.’ It’s called Fascism, variously described as a Police State, or Military Dictatorship, or the New World Order. If your prefer, think Martial Law, FEMA Camps, UN Occupation, Chinese Invasion, our next (overdue?) Revolution, intentionally Bankrupt Banks or, (gasp!) mass Walmart Closures. Regardless of manifestation or name (I prefer Shadow), and regardless of what you believe, such disaster is a more real threat. And regardless of final form, it is going to impact everyone, not just those attacked by Police, National Guard, Terrorists, and unemployed Wallmart staff.
3) Increase key supply reserves. You must presume in time of National emergency that water, foods, gasoline, weapons and munitions, and money will be very hard to come by. A smart man will stockpile. Warning. The government has defined that persons who stockpile are to be considered terror suspects, even Mormons. Weapons, especially, are a problem, as is being a member of NRA or talking about the Right to Bear Arms in public. Rural Texans, should especially beware, since they own more guns on average per family than some Swat Teams.
*note: while this is not specifically on FBI’s list, it is clear in the wake of the Aurora shooting that government is watching who buys weapons, and suspicious of anyone who collects. The WACO standoff and massacre was staged for just such cause; the ‘illegal’ weapons BATF claimed on their warrant included descriptions made up to include things which no one could possibly own because there was no such thing ever in existence.
4) Educate yourself. You must be alert to news around you from as many resources as possible. When the Sh** hits the fan, it won’t be NBC or your newspaper that gives advance warning, it will be something on the Internet or an email from someone on the front lines. Establish as many contacts in as broad an informational network as possible, especially to include Activists, who will be the first to feel the Iron Fist when it comes. Warning: The government has determined that persons who make any form of contact, subscription, or affiliation with such politically incorrect sources (like me), even when seemingly accidental, are to be considered terror suspects. Oops… too late for you, now!
•note: this is not exaggerated. As far back as COINTEL and COINTELPRO days under Nixon, government was tracking such matters, and Hoover’s FBI before that. In point of fact, illegal political spying was launched against people (including me — details of surveillance tails of my activities by up to five operatives at a time) who subscribed to select newspapers (i.e., the now defunct Washington D.C.Spotlight — the only newspaper in America to never be proven wrong in a story, and to which I subscribed), and such information was being freely traded between CIA, local Police, and the Anti Defamation League/B’nai B’rith/Mossad — and sold to anyone for a price.
5) Avoid credit, use cash. Credit creates obligations which in a time of disaster and an inability to work or access bank accounts could mean foreclosures and other negative financial harm before remedy could be managed. Warning: The government has determined that persons who pay with cash are to be considered terror suspects.
6) Form group defenses. Find others, be they family members, friends, or simply like-minded individuals to form mutual defensive relationships designed to cover each other’s back and increase the ability to withstand external threats. Warning: The government applies the principle of guilt by association and the notion that whenever two or more citizens get together a conspiracy is afoot, and must presume them a terror suspect.
*note: This exaggerated point is based on the fact that everyone on Facebook and other social media is being spied upon by a paranoid government to see who else they are in contact with, and what they are saying/doing.
7) Have a plan of escape. Consider getting out of the country to Canada or some other nation, or escaping into the countryside as a survivalist might do, or at the very least relocating to another community or staying on the road at length. A moving target is harder to hit. Warning: The government has determined that persons who travel extensively*, and especially survivalists, may be terrorists and should thus be put on watch lists.
*note: the couple arrested were told one reason they were being interrorgated (deliberate spelling) was because they were traveling so much. Another was, they were asking too many questions about why they were being questioned! But their actual arrest was ‘for threatening an agent’ by ASKING “Am I in danger, here?”
8) Document everything. There are many reasons you should photograph almost everything, and keep good records. Insurance claims you may need to file, for instance, and proofs of ownership. On the assumption terrorism might destroy public buildings and key infrastructure, it might be good for posterity’s sake, and art’s sake, to photograph key locations to ensure future generations will be able to remember. Wish I had that picture I took of the World Trade Center some years back. Warning: FBI has told police to target anyone taking pictures of public places as potential terrorists.
9) Educate your children. If our way of life is threatened, it will be more important than ever to insure our children will know what it means to be an American so they can carry on. Help them with homework to insure they understand the political processes and political choices, and are able to grasp concepts like Free Speech and the differences between Republicans, Democrats, and Ron Paul. Warning: FBI has visited and questioned school children who’s’ school report mentioned freedom of speech and Ron Paul, and subjected them to psychological profile questions to see if they or their parents were terrorists.
10) Buy Gold and Silver. If the money collapses because of massive bank closures under Martial Law or terrorism which kills the banking system, you will need a safe investment alternative. Warning: FBI has indicated people who buy precious metals should be considered terror suspects.
In summary, you would be far safer, rather than attempting the above defensive steps, to actually join Al Qaeda in the first place. The number of terrorists killed or arrested by government is, after all, practically non existent compared to the number of Policemen killed by criminals. Of course, that could change under NDAA, which makes murder of US Citizens legal if you are named Obama bin Laden. So at the same time, join the ACLU, as well as the patriotic Republican AND Democratic parties, and consider those memberships as insurance policies. The former to watch out for you if arrested, and the later to provide a kind of insulation against it regardless of which party is in control of the nation: they won’t want ‘one of their own’ to make the news as a terrorist, now, will they?
No. That’s when assassination is the better option. But don’t worry too much about that. Just watch the Matrix repeatedly until you can master all their defensive moves, especially the ones dodging bullets.
Sorry, but if I hadn’t misplaced my Al Qaeda membership application, I’d post it here for your convenience. That’s OK, I’m sure the CIA, who created the infamous group with the help of the U.S. Army, can provide you with a copy on request.
- Al-Qaeda a tool for West’s political/military adventures (alethonews.wordpress.com)
- Will insurance cover you if terrorists strike? (insurance.com)
- DHS Characterizes Patriotic Americans as Terrorists (moonbattery.com)
- Osama bin Laden and the 911 Illusion – Part I of 3 (vaticproject.blogspot.com)
- Bin Laden realized the truth: Terrorism just doesn’t work (juneauempire.com)
No one would, I hope, consider me a serious candidate, and certainly no one mainstream would consider my ‘extreme’ planks as reasonable… though that would show they have no clue as to what true conservative politics are. I am neither left nor right wing, though I have been called both. All I seek is to restore the country to the state it was in before government got so powerful it managed to destroy the country, a kind of political time warp going back some 50 to 100 years. In simpler terms, I’d restore the government of the United States to a Constitutional government as envisioned by our founding fathers. How left- or right-winged is that?
Indeed, all the policies put in place in that time span which have gone awry and led us astray would by those governmentals in power at the time would surely have seemed to be the radical (both to the left and the right) notions in the eyes of the likes of Jefferson, Hamilton, and Franklin, et. al. Our country had run just fine for more than 100 years without such changes, and is now on the verge of extinction because of them. So why not fix it? Because it’s radical?
But that all means is that I’m a a strict Constitutionalist, which also means I am per the current use of the term by media not just a radical extremist, but even a terrorist by some standards, which I take as a badge of honor in the face of the tyranny of an unconstitutional and lawless government. But then, so are you, too, just for reading this, because endless Draconian legislation and the public rhetoric of power brokers desperately seeking to retain status quo must consider you guilty by association. FBI, in fact, now considers ANY contact with ‘extremist or terrorist’ groups as justification for surveillance targeting. I’ve written about that extensively in my books on personal privacy and security.
You have no right to use your mind as you see fit, and are a become part of a growing danger to the status quo (keep it up!). The government spies on everybody, and in their reasonable paranoia (because the angst of the 99% is nothing compared to the disgust felt by the many who did not hit the street out of fear). And it is that; they use fear of terrorism and of government heavy-handedness (Police, TSA, FBI, NSA, CIA, and others, to include even the military, of late) to tighten their grip, and event to get us to spy on each other. Replay of Nazi Germany tit for tat. Got your Brown Shirt and armband handy?
Because those of us who are fed up with the status quo… with the New Boss being the same as the Old Boss (and largely lost to their power-mad tyranny)… fed up with the corruption, the pork, the endless signing of Bills without even reading them (largely lost to their greed-driven treason)… and fed up with the steady march toward a New World Order and a Police State mentality (largely lost to their Globalist Fascism)… will LOVE my planks.
But since I am not running, let’s just say it is for mere entertainment and intellectual exercise that I present my planks… which might be described in a motto, ‘Restore the Republic.’ It would effectively de-centralize the Federal government’s power for all except things which were critical to National viability. What most of the Federal agencies are and their functions can be done better and less expensively, and more gently, by the States, or is best left undone at all. I seek to undo.
Unworkable? Unrealistic? Nieve? Sure. But the best ideals ever adopted by humanity through history started out that way. It was, in point of fact, one such ‘unrealistic’ ideal which drove both the French and US revolutions and their resulting Constitutional structures. Those revolutions were driven by a multitude of nieve ideals, just one of which was stated in mutual paraphrase by both Jefferson and Montesquieu, here.
This, and many other like remarks summed ‘radical notions’ unheard of before the Magna Carta, quite unworkable and unrealistic in face of the virtually unlimited power then held by Kings. But when ideals and goals are lofty enough, idealists everywhere will find a way to make them workable, and make them real, despite any ignorances in the beginning. Stumble along the way as we learn, say I. Far better to stumble going forward up a tough hill than to take easier path; sliding down the slippery slope of despair into the total ruination which seems now so near at hand for our once fair Land.
So you can’t vote for me (write in’s excepted), but you can try to pressure candidates to adopt these planks or some other workable overhaul, and vote for the ones that come closest to meeting your wishes. Right now, for me, that would be Ron Paul, in my opinion. Or you can give up and let the NWO win. Or you can pick up a gun and start a revolution with no guarantees of surviving the effort. There are no other choices, the later two so frightening and yet so near on the horizon by the clues at hand that I pray to God for a miracle to prevent them. I suspect we would agree some kind of an overhaul is in order, so humor me then, please, with an overview of the planks… not presented in any order intending to imply priority. Moreover, they are but a small sampling of wrongs in need of righting…
Plank Number One: Critical Review and Reversal of Presidential Executive Orders
In the first 90 days I would move to review thousands of Executive Orders since Lincoln with an intention of reversal of those which have quietly modified the institution of Government in ways which have proven to be tragic in the long run. For all my love for Lincoln, he started us down the path of ever growing, unchecked Federal power, the bulk of which resides in the Presidency. Some tweaking is in order, it would seem. We don’t know about every E.O., because untold hundreds of them are not for public consumption (which makes me nervous about their purpose and result.) But some of them we do know about, as they tend to make their way into the Federal Register (on line). Here are just a few examples… one of which curiously needs enforcement, rather than revocation.
Revoke EO 7933-A By Franklin D. Roosevelt. It allowed the IRS to investigate the finances of those under suspicion of unamerican activities, a provision in support of the McCarthy witch hunt in the Red Scare. Since it is still in place, even though the House Committee on Unamerican Activities no longer exists, this EO may represent a potential source of political targeting by the IRS against Muslims and the politically incorrect among us by our paranoid government.
Order the enforcement of EO 111110 by John F. Kennedy, which was intended to restore the power of the U.S. government to issue money, and end the ability of the private bank of the Federal Reserve from making loans in the form of Treasury Notes to the U.S. government and charging interest. THIS, is where the National Debt comes from. This EO was never enforced, perhaps because JFK’s assassination rendered it ‘unknown’ in some way, or irrelevant under the helm of Lyndon Johnson. However, it has never been revoked, but was ‘nullified’ by a sneaky E.O. 1208 by Ronald Reagan, which needs to be revoked. Upon such corrections, therefore, a new EO would be appropriate which denies that portion of the National Debt accrued since the signing of 111110 June 4, 1963. It is, by EO 111110, stolen money, ill-gotten gains. Go fish, Globalist bankers.
Revoke EO 6102 by Franklin D. Roosevelt, which prohibits citizens and corporations to ‘hoard’ Gold. Ostensibly to allow the U.S. Government to protect and enhance its own Gold reserves in backing of U.S. Currency, the EO remains non functional given that the U.S. no longer employs the Gold Standard, preferring instead to pay huge sums of interest for printing endless IOUs to the privately held Federal Reserve Bank, which is not a government agency. Revocation would allow free ownership and barter of all forms of Gold and Silver by any citizen or corporation for any purpose. Use it or lose it. Moreover, as President, I would demand a tour and inspection of content at Fort Knox to see if there is actually any gold left there, at all, or if it is now fake to cover a suspected theft.
Revoke EO 12148 by Jimmy Carter (and roughly 15 related E.O.s) which would disband F.E.M.A. A replacement agency which truly represented emergency management and did not represent a potential tool for total power grab and abuse of power as the agency has so faithfully exhibited as its true purpose or limit in ability (next paragraph). I would propose that each STATE have its own local FEMA replacement entity under local State Government oversight cojoined by a centralized Federal oversight body to insure that once activated, the State’s best interests were maintained with respect to cooperation in aid between States and the Federal level. Each State, however, is its own boss as to how and where such aid is delivered internally.
Few people realize how insidiously powerful FEMA becomes in the event of Martial Law or even a simple localized emergency declaration. They will control EVERYTHING including how much food you have on your shelf, if you can travel ANYWHERE (even to work), or if you can buy or possess ANYTHING, and much more. They gain control of all aspects of social life, including your kids, your medical choices, etc. And as seen in the aftermath of Katrina and in the wildfires of Texas, FEMA is NOT our friend, but our mortal enemy. Worse, that State of Emergency is already declared, and has been since 2001, and you will not believe what FEMA’s role is to be should they choose to act on their power. Under Reagan, plans were discussed at the highest levels of government for FEMA to intern blacks in concentration camps. You can bet there is an E.O. somewhere adding Muslims to that list. WTF? Now all those conspiracy theories about FEMA camps don’t seem quite so ‘theory.’
FEMA must die as a NWO Fascist instrument, which means a lot of E.O.s must be revoked.
Revoke EO 13158 by Bill Clinton and EO 13575 by Barack Obama, and others, which transfers large tracts of U.S. wild lands, rural and Agricultural lands to control of the United Nations with loss of sovereignty — no Congressional approval sought. The former to establish 47 ‘biospheres‘ where U.S. citizens have been threatened (by signs, mostly, but at times, by armed military types from unknown units and sometimes speaking foreign languages) with severe punishment for tresspass. Such acts had been reported frequently over the years in the now defunct Spotlight newspaper, with further documented covert military operations and/or Soviet made military hardware storage was taking place at biospheres, ostensibly U.N. related. Yet the U.N. officially states it has no such operations or equipment in the U.S.
The later has (Obama gave up rural/agriculture land) to do with something called Agenda 21 — which essentially sponsors corporate monopolies of the food supply, but which is seen as an extension to the biosphere scheme and heir apparent to Codex Alimentarius, which is its own matter to be undone in another plank. Agenda 21 is also quite related to massive depopulation and eugenics programs which would make Hitler’s attempts to eliminate Jews seem a mere cursing in the wind. Obama is further moving in that same direction in an attempt to turn over all agriculture to control in the U.S. to a few corporations spearheaded by Monsanto. Under Agenda 21, private ownership of land is not be allowed, nor is growing your own food, nor for the matter, growing natural food; all must be genetically modified and/or irradiated.
Plank Two: Force Congress to DO IT’S JOB
E.O.s are SUPPOSED to be reviewed by Congress and approved or denied, becoming de facto law if not denied. Congress has fallen down on the job, and my Plank would include requesting a law forcing Congress to… well, do what it should. It must debate, in closed hearing if necessary, each and every new E.O. and come to a decision within a narrow time line. In like manner, each Congressman MUST read every page of every bill. Only by being fully informed may one debate and decide legislation in a way useful to the nation and its people. And finally, no Bill may be passed which contains buried legislation unrelated to the Title of the Bill, thus ending Pork Barrel and time bombs waiting to be discovered. It it deserves to be law, let it be its OWN law unto itself, alone, or let it be non existent lest it foster ignorance of the law by its buried nature. If there was a way, I’d want the law to read that any Congressman who voted for a Bill which was found by the Supreme Court to trample on the Constitution would be subjected to an immediate recall vote (but that would likely also require State law changes).
Plank Three:a) End the FED, b) establish a GNP Monetary System where money is c) controlled and printed entirely by the government and d) tied to the nation’s financial health.
Based on the Gross National Product and the value of labor and goods, it is a bit complex to explain, here. The basic concept is that money supply cannot exceed the GNP (the value of the output of labor and goods). The GNP is to the number of workers a relationship by which the standard of living is evolved. More workers and lower GNP means lower standard of living, and less money minted, as does a constant GNP and more workers. But more workers and more GNP means a fairly stable standard of living, and money supply, while any boost in GNP greater than the increase in workers means a higher standard of living and more money. Interest rates would tend to remain constant or suffer mild fluctuations in all but the most severe of economic swings.
Minimum wage and adjustments thereto for promotions and the like would, in addition to performance merits, be based on a baseline GNP determination, not unlike the way we use a baseline Prime Lending Rate from which all other lending rates are devined. The price of goods would be based on the cost of production which includes the cost of labor, vs. the contribution the goods represent to the GNP. And then, of course, there is the matter of taxes – see next plank.
Plank Four: End the IRS as we know it
No more Federal personal income tax! No more Federal corporate tax! Instead a value added tax in the manufacturing processes. Raw material collection (taxed when sold to processors); raw materials processed (taxed when sold to manufacturers); processed materials made into components (taxed when sold to product manufacturers); products and assembled goods (taxed when sold to distributors/retailers), purchased by resellers to consumers – tax free except by State tax options. States would be encouraged to adopt the same model. The actual tax rate would be quite small, but 100% of all GNP commerce other than services would effectively be taxable and generate sufficient revenue to allow the Cost of Goods sold to cover the tax. Services are NOT taxed, and therefore, all such labor contributes 100% toward the GNP tax free.
Yes, you would pay more at the store for the goods you buy, perhaps offset somewhat by the lack of corporate taxes which are already causing prices to be higher, but you would no longer have 1/3 or more of your income eaten up by separate tax payments and you would have NO REPORTING OR FEDERAL SNOOPING, INDEPENDENT IRS COURT SYSTEM, and NO IRS TO WRITE ITS OWN LAWS, etc. And remember, much of the National Debt has been wiped out in Plank One, so taxes actually go to funding government operations, not to retire a bit of the national debt owed the banks for all that illegally printed money. A huge chunk of tax revenue today (up to 75% of taxes) goes directly to the banks as interest payments.
Plank Five: Make the nation pay for What it Buys When it Buys It
You want to buy a tank, Mr. Army? Want to build a spy satellite, Mr. CIA? Want to build a highway or dam, Mr. Congressman? Use the money you actually have in hand from tax collection, or you can’t have it. Don’t even think about writing legislation you can’t finance from taxes. A balanced budget with ZERO National Debt should be the law of the land. This also means that Social Security funds must be reimbursed and payments updated to reflect where they should have been prior to the looting process (SS is its own plank.)
It does NOT mean that you raise taxes to buy something you can’t afford at the moment. Since taxes are collected DAILY, the Congressional ‘checkbook’ has an income stream against which you may write legislative checks as you need them. Live within your means, Congressmen. Emergency funding for dire circumstance is handled by borrowing from the banks only to the extent that payments are clearly within the ability to pay from the monthly income stream. So I suppose the fat bankers can still sponge a bit off government, but it would in such a case also be to the advantage of government and to the people, where as currently there is only the one winner at the piggy trough.
Plank Six: End the Alphabet Soup Intelligence Agencies
The TSA, DOJ, FBI, DEA, CIA, NSA, DOD, DIA, HSA, etc., etc. represent a top heavy superstructure of spying on Americans that MUST stop. I’d rather completely fire all these people and deal with the aftermath of villains running amuck than put up with the crap I’ve seen first hand as victim of endless COINTEL PRO style targeting (of myself and my clients). This is the number one source of fear of government in America, exactly as it was in the Soviet Union before their revolution.
But that extreme is not required. Cleaning house, redefining goals, and placing checks-and-balance style limitations on them will, in most cases, be a good fix. In some cases, like HSA, NSA, CIA, the housecleaning will be so significant that they may feel like they were done away with, but their root defined core jobs will be left in tact. In other cases, redundancy is found to exist and that can be eliminated, and in yet others, there is simply no just purpose not better served by some other means. This plank would be a literal death warrant for any candidate so proposing, I’ve been repeatedly told. I mean assassination. So what does that tell you when U.S. Citizens fear their government such they believe it would assassinate civilian politicians to preserve status quo?
Plank Seven: Give the Indians Back Their Land
I would offer to the stoic Tribes of American Indians complete responsibility and control of all Federal Lands not used as military reservations. This would end the BLM, Fish and Wildlife, and assorted other agencies, and place forested and wild lands, national parks, and other lands in the care of the people who loved it most, and took far better care of it than have we. Much of the current budgets of these agencies would go to the Indians to fund that management. They would be required, of course, to allow free access to public lands, but empowered to stipulate rules of use to insure the lands were not fouled or abused. They would inherit the resources and manpower of the aforementioned agencies as tools they may freely mold and reshape as they see fit. All treaties would be rewritten to undo prior treacheries as well as could be managed, the new lands being added to their reservations under joint ownership, but useful to their communities to include relocation and new settlements. I would not intend Casinos or industrialization of the type now all too easily approved on these lands, or other uses not now allowed, but all other good use to the Tribes would be their right.
Plank Eight: End Corporate Personhood As it Exists Today
Not quite an ending… but I’d move to make corporations more like real people. For one thing, that means they have a life time to live, and a means of producing children to survive them. At the end of their life, their children (spin off corporations) carry on the same family name, clients, products and services. Like real people, they also must be held accountable for their actions with real impact to the corporation as well as its Boards and Officers, and in a manner consistent with the same acts if committed by a real human. Toward the end of longevity (say 100 years), a corporation would split into one or more sub corporations (children), which would give all employees who ever worked for the corporation, even if just for one month, a pro rated share equal to their contribution in labor to be credited toward stock OPTIONS at the prior value of the original firm when they were FIRST hired. Over time, ownership falls more and more to employees and less and less to moguls and block stock investors.
By such a scheme retirement programs might be eliminated, providing a nest egg for retirees without increasing corporate obligations over time, and the ‘children’ would gain fresh funding for a growth spurt during their formative years. I would seek controls of Boards of Directors which prevent the same men from sitting on multiple Boards in a manner which puts too much control of a sector into too few hands. I would end the revolving door; seeking a ten-year waiting period for government personnel before allowing them to work for firms in any sector in which they held a position of related service in government, and in like manner disallow any member of an industry to serve as more than advisor to government, certainly not as administrator in any government oversight of that industry’s affairs. To be hired by a firm as a former government employee, and vice versa, should be based on expertise born of their experience and not clout and pull still in place with staffs remaining in recently vacated offices. Period!
Plank Nine: Establish a Free Press and Transparency in Government
Currently there exists a kind of de facto partnership in America (and a mirror situation in other ‘free’ countries) between the Military, Industrial, Intelligence, and Media sectors… forming MIIM, the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex. Media is controlled by a small handful of individuals who are largely in bed with the other sectors. At one time (at the time of the friendly fire shoot-down of flight 800), all three major television networks were outright subsidiaries of military contractors, which is why they fired any reporter who said anything on air about friendly fire.
Currently, there still remains employed within media, which includes the entertainment and advertising sectors, thousands, if not tens of thousands, of CIA and other agency personnel, to include military proponents serving as mouthpieces for the very undue influence President Eisenhower warned of when he left office (listen carefully to his Farewell Address video and you will see that he warned us about almost everything these planks address). This was a direct outgrowth of CIA Operation Mockingbird, and only the tip of the current iceberg.
If a means of insuring that ownership has no impact on editorial and reporting departments cannot be easily found, I’d just as soon provide equal funding to alternative underground news sources. All employees who were government shills would need to resign or face charges of treason if uncovered after the fact, because disinformation is treasonous in any government of the people, by the people, and for the people. Thus media must have good access to government, and government must be frank with media. While national security can make it important not to reveal the full truth of a given matter, lies should never be national policy, at home, or abroad. Even an enemy MUST know we are truthful that they not misread our intentions, and we should never betray a friend by a lie, especially our best friends, our very own citizens.
Plank Ten: End Foreign Aid and Foreign Policy as We Know It
Foreign Policy and any resulting aid should be about helping those in time of great need. It should be about bolstering defenses of weaker nations against predator nations. It should be about encouraging free Republics and free enterprise (not Democracy, and not capitalism or free trade – there are significant differences). It should be about bootstrapping struggling nations that they might become financial and social partners in World building (not New World Order building). It should be about assuring health and wellbeing of human kind ((not the wellbeing of the big pharma firms), and done regardless of race or political creed.
It should not be about politics, fat military contracts, or quid quo pro deals for fat cats. Israel is a strong, wealthy, proud, and fully independent nation. Mutual defense agreements, yes. Arms sales at competitive prices, yes. But the billions must stop flowing to them and other nations as a means of buying loyalties, funding MIIM, and aiding the march of the NWO. You don’t buy friends and good neighbors, you build good neighbor relationships and cement friendship by actions, by standing by them in a time of need, and by being fair. You don’t take food out of your own children’s mouth and give it to the neighbors when they have their own.
Plank Eleven: Fix Health Care and Confront Pharma
Step one is to forbid Pharma to advertise to the public. Doctors, perhaps, via medical journals. This will lower prescription prices. Step two is to forbid insurance companies from forcing deductibles or co-pay minimums at term start, which effectively eliminates the poor from getting health care even when they have insurance. I myself have insurance which I and my children cannot use for this cause. Step three is to stop the fat-cat billing schemes inherent in Medicaid and Medicare which allow hospitals and doctors to rake in tons of money for outrageous charges and unnecessary procedures. These need to be replaced with a monitoring system that rewards discovery of overcharges and excessive billing.
In my own extended family I can cite countless thousands of dollars in endless examples both at private practice and hospital levels. Step four is to establish government oversight, which will never work unless the FDA and CDC is eliminated and replaced with a body that protects the people rather than the corporations. Step five is to FULLY investigate the origins of HIV, Avian, and other man made virus,’ including Cancer, and to ALLOW alternative medicine cures to be explored.
Step six (step one, really) is to shred Codex Alimentarius, Agenda 21, and related NWO efforts. GMO crops should be illegal unless passing stringent tests by outside agencies. Currently, it seems, no GMO crop could pass such a test and represent a greater long-term health threat than the Black Plague. A Congressional investigation of Monsanto actions is in order.
Plank Twelve: Fix Agriculture and Immigration
Step one is to make it illegal for any firm to control more than 15% (or some number which assures competition still thrives) of a food supply or aspect of production and distribution — no monopolies such as enabled by GMO and Agenda 21. Step two is to enforce current labor laws against employers instead of focusing only on illegal workers, which would tend to make illegal migrant emigrants less of a an issue. Step three is to naturalize all current illegal aliens who can pass minimum tests for language, non criminality, and health, and simultaneously truly seal the borders and evict all who do not pass the standards. Step three is to allow conditional work visas for would-be emigrant migrant workers based on a system of work demand vs. worker supply such that if non emigrants will take the jobs, they may more easily do so without competition from illegals. Step five is to stop teaching mainstream courses in multiple languages in our schools. You must know English to go to school, where if you wish to learn a second language as its own course, you may do so. So if you want to be a migrant worker crossing the border, learn English first or leave your kids behind.
Plank Thirteen: Stop the RFID Technology Threat
If you do not understand the nature and threat which Radio Frequency Identification Devices represent to your personal liberty, then you have not read my books or been paying good attention to the Web. I suggest you can ‘catch up’ by listening to my Webinar interview with Republic Magazine… about 32 minutes into the interview. The one simple way to stop RFID as a threat is to simply require them to be removable or destroyed at point of purchase, and that all such product be prominently labeled.
Plank Fourteen: Stop Canamex COLD, Kill NAFTA/CAFTA and Job Exportation
This is a broad topic beyond the scope of usefulness in this (already too-long) an article. I would simply repeal or renegotiate the agreements in place and write Canamex out of existence. See my blog post on Lion Dance, or request my free newsletter on Canamex for an eye opening explanation of why this is a critical step; email proparanoid at comcast net.
Plank Fifteen: End the Drug War and decriminalize illicit drugs, empty the prisons.
America, with a population on par with Europe, has a half million people behind bars for drug related matters, more prisoners per capita in this one category than most other nations have for all crimes combined. It is a fake drug war prosecuted by a CIA front agency (the DEA was founded by top CIA operatives) as a tool to protect illicit drug sales by sanctioned CIA conduits. It forces the price (and profits) artificially high, and fosters a prison-based economy to the delight of corporate greedsters. Take away the criminality and replace it with treatment, and it will cost our economy one tenth as much, boost GNP, and make it less profitable for Cartels and CIA alike. Pushers stay in jail, users walk.
Plank Sixteen: Fix Voting and Census
The Census is very critical to certain functions of government, including Districting for voter representation and the voting process. But the Census can be done in a way which is not invasive and a violation of privacy, and is kinder to those less disposed to cooperate. The solution is similar to a solution I have in mind for fixing the less-than-trustworthy voting system. These solutions are too complex to fit a paragraph or two, but essentially decouple raw information from the identity of the individual after a simple verification process, which is to say, that in the passing of information, identity verification simultaneously dissociates the information with the individual. Additionally, a verification process facilitates the individual’s ability to verify their vote or census material was correctly tallied and attributed as intended, all the way up the ladder to the final tally. The general method may be loosely described as being similar to certain email encryption schemes involving keys in possession of both the sender and the recipient.
Plank Seventeen: Get at and Expose the Truth
JFK, RFK, MLK, Peltier, Riconosciuto, Christic Institute’s Secret Team, Mena, OKC, Waco, S&L, CIA/DOD mind control, MJ-12 and UFOs, and above all, 9-11 and the Derivatives Scam. Conspiracy theories, my a**. If the official facts are in conflict with themselves and defy reality and/or logic, but are accepted and tendered as truth, that is a kind of proof of a cover up, and any time you have a cover up, it is automatically a conspiracy as a matter of fact. It therefore justifies further investigation by independent and unbiased participants. Truthers will out.
Plank Eighteen: End Globalist Traitor Domination of Government(s)
You cannot be a patriot and serve fellow citizens in office if your true allegiance is to a Globalist agenda which would seek the end of national sovereignty. An oath of political office should include declaration of non alliance, affiliation, membership, or sympathy for the goals of Globalist organizations such as the Bilderbergers, Tri-Lateral Commission, Council on Foreign Relations, Skull and Bones, and the like. To violate the oath would make one subject to prosecution and imprisonment.
Plank Nineteen: Kill the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex
While this has already been addressed in part above, I would additionally want every black operation and military and intelligence project currently in works or previously undertaken reviewed. Where such operations were deemed either in support of a New World Order or in support of MIIM profiteering or power grabs, all persons associated with it at management level would be subject to investigation and possible prosecution for treason.
Plank Twenty: Fix Social Security
This is easy to do. As we see in planks 3 and 4, funding SS as it was intended will be quite doable, with additional help by easing of government costs resulting from many of the other planks. Further, plank 8 gives employees of corporations a built-in retirement program vastly superior to SS, and thus SS obligations now active would be come locked in or ‘grandfathered,’ but it would become a voluntary program at each new employment opportunity. Further, I would enforce the law regarding SS numbers and force the elimination of all electronic data and forms outside of the Social Security Office of said numbers. It has no place in credit reports and other records.
Plank Twenty One: Explore an alternative to Daylight Savings Time; Social Time
Our highways are clogged, unemployment is high, classrooms are crowded, stress is high. A long list of such social complaints can be offered. I propose a review of what I call Social Time, presented here in oversimplified explanation; a work day definition is cut to seven and a half hours paid, plus another hour for lunch and breaks, but the bulk of social infrastructure both private and governmental would be expanded from ‘a day’s work’ to a full 24 hour work cycle. That would mean, with broad participation (voluntary for the most part), that businesses and agencies would be open at all hours, which would dramatically reduce volume of client traffic at any given hour and spread it out somewhat evenly over the whole clock.
This would allow some reduction in manpower needs on an hourly basis, yet often provide new jobs to support the extra hours. As time progresses, the work day for an individual would start 90 minutes later each day, thus revolving everyone through all twenty-four hours over the space of just under a month — 14 times a year. We would not need to build more schools to reduce classroom crowding, or more transportation systems to handle population growth, etc. GNP and employment could only benefit, and make the country more competitive. Part and parcel of this idea is to END PART TIME EMPLOYMENT loopholes for employers who don’t want to offer benefits. EVERYONE GETS BENEFITS, but under the various planks outlined above, the cost to employers for benefits will decrease.
Plank Twenty Two: Establish True Redress and an Initiative Process
Whistleblowing shall not be punished. Lawsuits against government for violation of rights or constitutional violations shall be funded by government. In balance, should government win the case, the costs will fall back to the plaintiff. Any citizen can propose a law for consideration in a process similar to that found in several states, such as Oregon. If such proposed law meets constitutional tests, is written to legal requirements, well defined and stated, and can earn popular support (signatures of citizens who so support), it can be sent to Congress for debate and possible passage. In Oregon, the law goes to the ballot for vote by the people, as does all legislation proposed by State legislators. See next Plank on how this might play at a national level.
Plank Twenty Three: Review of possible Constitutional Change from Republic to Advocated Democracy
Especially where initiative process (prior plank) is in play, the use of the Internet could allow, with careful creation of safeguards as also addressed in earlier planks, a way to allow the people to vote on Bills rather than Congressmen. This would be an Advocated Democracy, where elected Representatives (the Republic style) would instead merely propose or debate initiative proposed laws. This would be broadcast and each citizen would then decide to vote for or against the legislation. No more pork barrel, no more bribed Senators, no more fat cats, no more buried language, no more end-run legislation. Just pure simple will of the people.
Plank Twenty Four: End Non Consensual Testing on unwitting subjects, and use of Political Control Technology (PCT)
Last but perhaps foremost in terms of being close to my heart. While current laws prohibit non consensual testing or use of weapons, drugs, and procedures on citizens, there are far too many loopholes which allow it to take place. In my books I cite countless examples, and as consultant I work with victims of it every day. Worse, the very agencies established for the purpose or which otherwise have authority to enforce such laws, are compromised by intent or by lack of training and resources, not to mention handicapped by their very belief structures. It is a sin that Police, for instance, automatically presume one crazy for hearing voices in their head when it is a known fact that CIA and Department of Defense has spend billions to develop technology which allows anyone to be targeted with such experiences, generally with the express purpose of discrediting the target by making them seem mentally imbalanced.
I’ve already proposed language for laws which properly address this topic, and submitted them in written testimony to the Massachusetts State Legislator when they were considering such a Bill. Currently, the military and CIA are developing new PCT faster than we can learn of it, generally under the guise of antiterrorism and funded through Homeland Security. It is a joke to presume that any of this technology can in any way prevent terrorism. It can only enable political control of the population, and nothing more.
- The Best: Tracking You and Your Family Just Got a Whole Lot Easier (whiskeyandgunpowder.com)
- How Roosevelt Sold Us to the Higher Bidder: the Federal Reserve (myvoice2012.wordpress.com)
On Military Thinking About ‘The Best Defense’ and Your Future in Their Eyes
by H. Michael Sweeney,copyright © 2011, ProparanoidPress, all rights reserved permissions to reproduce by request to pppbooks at comcast (net) military thinking Dateline Portland, OR Nov 16, 2011 military thinking
Partnership of the Military and the New World Order
We all want a strong military to defend our country, and we would not wish to deny them tools for a ‘best defense,’ but we would prefer that be their only role. Unfortunately, one cannot fear the New World Order without also fearing the U.S. Military Establishment (along with a bunch of other people). The role of the Military in meeting the goals of the NWO to establish a one-World government ruled by (we must logically deduce) the Antichrist has often been made clear. As any Truther will likely tell you, and if not, I will tell you, the 9-11 attacks would surely seem to be such an example, though many other examples are easier to reveal. We must rightly therefore question what the military sees for your future in their eyes. We know what that future is, and I’ve written of it often, but all-too few of us have gotten the message.
And there are other examples. For one, their fascination with development of ‘antiterrorism’ weapons with Homeland Security funding or through DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Project Agency) or any number of quasi-governmental think tanks such as SIAC (Science International Applications Corp.). As I have shown in my books and newsletters time and again (listing hundreds of examples in The Professional Paranoid’s Defensive Field Guide), the overwhelming majority of such research clearly has nothing to do with terrorists but everything to do with either or both crowd control or mind control, or spying in support thereof (Political Control Technology, PCT).
This includes everything from swarms of flying insect-sized spy devices to the mammoth HAARP (High Altitude Auroral Research Program) associated with everything from Weather War (earthquakes, killer storms) to regional mind control to deep-sea communications with submarines and other legitimate defense applications. In fact, it even seems tied to the possible application of HAARP and like facilities around the World for the suspected and feared Project BlueBeam, a NWO plot thought to employ massive global in-air projections of holographic images along with in-head audio to simulate the second coming of Christ… only it will be to help seat the Antichrist. These capabilities would indeed seem to be within HAARP and associated system abilities as seen in my YouTube vid.
We can also add to the list concerns about development of race-specific pathogens and bio weapons based on zoonotics (new never-before existing man-modified animal virus‘ so that man can be infected with little or no hope of a vaccine being developed quickly: e.g., Avian Flu, Swine Flu, Aids, etc.) and nanotech and the deliberate release (testing) of strains on civilian populations, and for the matter, a history of testing such weapons on U.S. Citizens going back more than 100 years. The Defensive Field Guide has pages of such testing listed, and my book set Fatal Rebirth takes a very close look at bio-weapons development and use, though recent investigations reveal that the scary picture emerging on those pages is merely the tip of the iceberg. Those who already know the NWO for what it is know all about the concept of Eugenics and deliberate population reduction with soft and hard kill technologies. How else do you expect them to get us down to 500 million population?
So when I ran across a very simple and innocent blog article by staff writer Skyler Frink in Military & Aerospace Electronics questioning what is ‘the best defense’ strategy for the military, I felt I had to weigh in. They were kind enough to allow me to post a comment to their blog pages (uncensored) with my own viewpoints. I wrote with admitted restraint, citing concerns about the Revolution in Military Affairs (RMA). Since I cannot reproduce their blog here without permissions, I suggest you take a few moments to read it on their site, and my gentler response. Three minutes total read to compare what the rank and file within the military-industrial complex itself presumes to describe our Military’s role and best defense as opposed to the picture painted, here. Then you may continue reading here what I wish I could have said there, but which would have been inappropriate and unwelcome to the point of likely rejection.
The Revolution in Military Affairs
RMA was a concept very logical in its basis and would have simply addressed a viable need in a reasonable way, except for one thing. Those responsible for its evolution and results included NWO shills (I’m being polite). Just one example would be the avowed Satanist and U.S. Army Lt. Col. Michael Aquino. Aquino holds a Doctorate Political Science and founded the Temple of Set, a splinter group of the Church of Satan, all of which are organized (like many cults) along Masonic models such that they have a public side (relatively prim and proper, even for Satanic public relations) and a darker, secretive NWO cabal side.
Aquino has been involved in everything from a psychological warfare support role in Operation Phoenix, the Army/CIA mass civilian assassination program in Vietnam said to have claimed as many as 40,000 persons, to mind control projects there and here in the U.S., to child molestation cases involving the military (see note), and more, including a project to ‘unify all religions’ into a single religion suitable for political control (think THX-1138, where you ‘confess your sins’ to the government’s priest). The devilish (literally) concept and early stage development to combine religions were undertaken at the military occupied Presidio, and continues even today as being associated with the Presidio — which is where Aquino’s child molestation cases came to make news which some say threatened to expose a pedophile ring within the Pentagon itself.
Note: As detailed in depth in my book MC Realities, ritual sexual and Satanic abuse of young children is part and parcel of building Manchurian Candidate-style sleeper agents and super soldiers (Delta). CIA, DOD, and many other organizations have employed this method for centuries and is the one central core technology which enables the tracking of the history of mind control back through time all the way to the Crusades and the Knights Templar, which evolved to hide within the Masons stone worker’s guild, and eventually took it over to become Free Masonry. It is from within that body whence came the Illuminati, the originators of the NWO movement to seat the Antichrist in an extremely long-term game plan which still unfolds today. What DOD has also learned it seems, as also explored in the book, is that it is possible to use fake alien abductions to do the same job with adults.
With top Pentagon clearance Aquino has been described as instrumental in guiding RMA. His power was so considerable (some say he is actually now a General, though retired) and remains in force such that you will not even find an entry for him at Wikpedia, but rather, only an entry for the Temple of Set. There was an entry, but it was removed and is the stuff of conspiracies. Thus his role in RMA must surely have been considerable, and no doubt there were others along side him of like ilk who’s names are unknown to us. Charges are that the military is rife with Satanism and NWO mentality, and based on the outcome of RMA, I must conclude it likely so:
Paramaters, the U.S. Army War College publication some years ago had a short piece on RMA which has since gone into the black hole. It was, however, reproduced in part in The Spotlight Newspaper in Washington D.C., itself also since gone into the black hole. The article cited Parameters description of just one small aspect of RMA which should be of utmost concern to us here: the definition of the kinds of wars the military should expect to face in the near future (NEAR future). One of these was termed as The People’s War. Another related term was Politico-Military Force Matrix. These and dozens of inter-related RMA terms are including among the hundreds of PCT terms found in the Defensive Field Guide. But these two we need to look at, here and now.
21st Century Politico-Military Force Matrix
Nonlethal technology (all of which can kill, and has), when coupled with traditional forms of lethal weaponry and general tactical options available to government, the military, and law enforcement, allow for the application of short-term incapacitation, long-term incapacitation, and deadly force against the physical and mental perceptual attributes of human targets as well as the hardware and software attributes of machine targets. The overall collective of advanced types of weapons and psychological mind control methods form an array which can be expressed in a matrix which defines Political and Military options. He who best utilizes the matrix, or has more options within the matrix, wins.
This has been published by the USAF Institute for National Security Studies, and has been well applied in recent Middle East wars and continues during the occupations. The oil and opium must flow (with apologies to Dune author, Frank Herbert and his phrase, “The Spice must flow,” which justified the Emperor’s launching a war intent on planet-wide genocide.) Fiction becomes reality, it seems.
It also portends the Military Police State, as these same matrix elements are viewed as key to retaining power and control of a nation. Its all about PCT, which is where this article started. But the few articles available on the Web regarding the finite details of the Matrix seem to have gone the way of the black hole, too. We do have one military look at it which carefully avoids (perhaps because of not being aware of those aspects) such references. Yet it frames the concept nicely.
The People’s War
It was defined by RMA (and is cited in Fatal Rebirth and The Defensive Field Guide) essentially as an EXPECTED conflict with “Constitutionalists, militia, ex-military, patriots, survivalist, and the poor and politically disenfranchised.” In short, the 99%. Add to this quote the factual existence and use of a ‘Shoot Americans Questionnaire‘ given to select military units to see if they would: fire on U.S. Citizens who refused to turn over their guns; obey a United Nations Commander; and supplant Police services (and other NWO useful questions). The entire questionnaire and analysis of answers provided by troops is in The Defensive Field Guide, as well. None of these things are Constitutional, legal, or moral options, though various Presidential Executive Orders and military edicts have pre staged to allow for them (another blog post in works will address this and become linked – subscribe to my blog posts to be informed automatically).
Add also that Dick Cheney authorized the DOD to establish a special group to kidnap and assassinate American Citizens, or enter their homes covertly (for any dark purpose including theft or sabotage, vandalism or arson). The story broke in the Toronto Sun who has seen fit for some reason to vanish the article, which is reproduced here. In similar vein, of course, the White House (despite Obama election campaign promises) and DOD have deemed to allow torture and detainment of suspects without due process or trial, though we ‘politely’ ship our prisoners elsewhere for torture so we can have clean hands. How neat and tidy, and we even give it a pretty sounding name, rendition. For all these reasons and more, I ask in Fatal Rebirth…
“Do you, as an American citizen, care that the military thinks gun seizure a likely enough future mission to ask this question of troops? If a member of the economic underclass, do you think your conditions will be improving in the near future if the military thinks taking away guns will become their job? Why should the military be allowed to think this way and still hold the power of arms, themselves? Perhaps the only proper gun control is to take them away from a military run amuck that it might target citizens. If this is our national defense force at work, does it not ring of fascism?”
The Best Defense?
Thus the way I might have preferred to end my piece at M&AE would have been to suggest that the best defense is the total rework of the Military chain of Command to include sweeping out the trash and putting better controls into place. I’m not even so sure that the Pentagon shouldn’t be leveled to the ground and replaced with the pre WWII system of Command. I’ll admit that I’m not enough the expert to make that call, but by God, if I were President, I’d get some advice on it right away… unless of course, I happened to be just another standard issue NWO Cabal member President, myself. Hmmm…
But the way I answered the article was suitable to the need, and important enough to repeat here, given that one of the highest ranking soldiers in the Land has already publicly stated that nationwide Martial Law is expected soon. US Army General Tommy Franks, who led the coalition invasion of Iraq to oust Saddam Hussein, and who commanded the siege and mass murder at Waco as well as the burial of the evidence with bulldozers… described in an interview for Cigar Aficionado that the results of another attack by terrorists with weapons of mass destruction would result in our Constitutional form of government being replaced by a Military government. We also know that the new Constitution for such an event has already been written. The Constitution of the NewStates of America, with analysis suggesting surprise America is not spelled with a ‘k,’ is also reproduced in Fatal Rebirth. Don’t cry for us, Argentina!
So I repeat from my response to M&AE: Since we cannot rely on absolute power to police itself, the best defense in my opinion as student of military thinking is, perhaps, improved observation and control of the planners. Actually, I would prefer a means of divorcing centralized control of National Guard in any such action and instead allowing State’s Governors to be the sole local commanders. And no, I don’t trust FEMA in that role given their less-than-zero-performance track record.
In more direct terms, the only way to insure defense against domestic enemies, in my opinion, is to declare the Pentagon a potential enemy and allow the State Militias (the National Guards and even the citizen militia groups under volunteer command of the Guard) to be responsible for any such Martial Law. That would PREVENT and refuse subservience to any Military government, even to the point of succession from the Union pending reformation of the nation under the Constitution. Tommy Franks, Dick Cheney, Aquino, and a long list of others could then be put on trial for treason, murder, etc.
But that’s in that perfect World that we don’t live in, at least not yet.
- The Best Defense is… (Military & Aerospace Electronics)
- Now Even MAINSTREAM MEDIA Is QUESTIONING HAARP’S TRUE PURPOSE: SEE FOR YOURSELF! (thetruthabout1111.wordpress.com)
- Former CIA Black Ops member confesses NWO plan (newsworldwide.wordpress.com)
- Is The Church In America Prepared For Red Alert / Martial Law?? (zionistoutrage.com)